Professional Documents
Culture Documents
for
Margaret W. Matlins
prepared by
Margaret W. Matlin
State University of New York at Geneseo
Lucinda A. DeWitt
DeWitt DeConstruction, Minneapolis, MN
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Contents
Syllabus from Dr. Matlins Course
13
Chapter Outlines
18
Test Bank
127
Introduction
127
151
171
Adolescence
194
213
232
248
Love Relationships
269
Sexuality
288
307
324
343
361
378
15 Moving Onward . . .
395
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
SYLLABUS FROM
DR. MARGARET W. MATLINS COURSE
My syllabus changes somewhat from one semester to the next, but the syllabus below is the
version I used in Fall Semester, 2010. (However, the textbook for that course was the 6th
edition.) I think its important for a syllabus to include a brief description of the course, as well
as the goals. From the first page of the syllabus, students should be able to understand the
general scope of the course.
You can find several additional syllabi for courses on the Psychology of Women or the
Psychology of Gender on the website for the Society for the Teaching of Psychology (Division 2
of the American Psychological Association): http://teachpsych.org/otrp/syllabi/index.php
Scroll down the list of courses on the right-hand side, and you will find the topic Women and
Gender.
Additional note: Psychology of Women Quarterly now includes a Teaching Section in each
issue. It features between one and three short articles in each issue, which focus on topics related
to women and gender, such as critical thinking, social class, social justice advocacy. I am the
current editor of this Teaching Section; please email me at matlin@geneseo.edu, if you have an
idea about a potential article related to this teaching!
On the first day of class, students also receive a description of the Psychology of Women
Research Project, an important component of my course. Later in this document you can find a
description of this project, as well as some details about the project.
1 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Psychology of Women
Psychology 308
Fall, 2010
COURSE DESCRIPTION
The purpose of this course is to examine the lives of girls and women. We will include topics
such as gender stereotypes, the development of gender roles, gender comparisons, women and
work, love relationships, sexuality, womens physical and mental health, violence against
women, and women in later adulthood. Students who take this course should acquire a better
understanding about girls, women, and gender in North America.
As the course instructor, Im hopeful that each of you will work toward the following goals:
1. To understand the relevant information about the lives of girls and womenas well as
genderwith a particular emphasis on the complexity of the issues.
2. To develop critical-thinking skills, so that you can evaluate both the research in professional
journals and information described in the popular media.
3. To know how to design your own psychology research project, to conduct the research, and
to write an appropriately professional summary of your own research, emphasizing the
potential methodological flaws and strengths in your study.
4. To explore your own ideas and attitudes about gender, appreciating that we do not need to be
constrained by our cultures traditional gender roles.
5. To appreciate the inequalities that many individuals face, based on social categories other
than gender. These categories include age, disability, sexual orientation, ethnicity, religion,
social class, and country of residence. We will also consider some information about
inequalities in other cultures, outside North America.
READING MATERIALS
Our textbook for the course will be:
Matlin, M. W. (2008). The psychology of women (6th ed.). Belmont, CA: Cengage/Wadsworth.
Youll need to use this 6th edition, which has a brown and gold cover and a photo of a girl, a
young woman, and an older woman. This edition has more than 1,400 new references that were
published since the earlier 5th edition, as well as many concepts and research-based studies that
were not discussed in the 5th edition. (Do not use the 5th edition, which has a purple cover and a
2 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
photo of three middle-aged women, and do not use any shortened paperback version of the
textbook.)
Your textbook is one I have written, and youll need to understand the material in the textbook in
order to do well in the course. You will not be able to achieve this knowledge from a superficial
reading of the chapters. You should master the terminology and concepts in the textbook. During
the lectures and class discussions, I will assume that you are familiar with this information.
However, if any part of the textbook is not clear, please let me know! Then we can discuss that
topic in class!
** You will also receive one journal article, which you will read and analyze for class
discussion. (See below for details.)
OFFICE HOURS
My scheduled office hours are Monday, 1:15-2:15 p.m., Tuesday, 11:30-12:30, and Thursday,
11:30-12:45. I may need to reschedule an occasional office hour on days when other
commitments arise. If my office hours are not convenient, please check with me, and we can
schedule an alternate time! My office is in Sturges, Room 121C (main floor, right-hand side).
I check my e-mail frequently, usually until about 9 p.m. (matlin@geneseo.edu). Before
contacting me, be sure to check the syllabus and project description to be certain that your
question is not answered there. Please include the term Psychology of Women in the subject of
your e-mail message. Also, proofread the message to make sure that your question is clear. This
way, I will not delete your email by mistake, and I can quickly provide you with the most helpful
response!
You can also leave a brief message on my voice mail (5214). I will check my voice-mail
messages several times each week, but not as often as e-mail.
REQUIREMENTS
1. Examinations:
You will have two 75-minute-long exams, as well as a comprehensive final. The format for all
tests will be a combination of essays and multiple-choice questions. Each 75-minute exam will
be worth about 50-55 points, and the final exam (about 2 hours long) will be worth about 75
points. The final exam is cumulative, with an emphasis on the last part of the course.
2. Research Paper:
The independent research paper is described in detail on a second handout, entitled Psychology
of Women Research Project. This paper will be worth 55 points. Your preview for your
independent research project will be due on Monday, October 18. In one to two pages, you
3 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
should state at least two of your hypotheses. Also describe how and where you plan to locate the
participants (or the media resources) for your study. The preview must be double-spaced and
printed on only one side of the paper, so that I can make comments that youll be able to read. In
a couple of weeks, Ill provide details about how to prepare this preview.
The paper itself will be due at the beginning of class on Monday, November 22. (One point will
be subtracted for each day that either the paper preview or the paper is late.) You must turn in a
paper in order to pass this course. The purpose of this paper is to help you understand research
techniques, increase your critical-thinking skills, and write professionally. You are not required
to see me to discuss the project. However, students who meet with me sometime in September
tend to develop the best projects.
Print two copies of your paper. Give me a copy that is printed on only one side of the paper.
(Again, this allows me to comment in detail, and it will therefore be easier for you to read my
comments.) Your second copy can be back-to-back. Ill return to you the original version with
the comments, and you can give me the back-to-back version for my files. The last day on which
the paper will be accepted is Thursday, December 2, at 11:30 a.m. This final deadline is firm, so
please respect it.
3. Journal Article:
You will read one article from the professional journal Sex Roles. Youll receive a short list of
questions about the article, which you must answer (typed, not handwritten). This assignment
will be due on October 25. You will need to write at least 2/3 of a page (single spaced) in order
to provide enough detail about the research. Make two printed copies of your answers, one to
keep for discussion, and one to hand in at the beginning of class, so that I can note that you
turned it in. We will discuss the article in small groups on the day that the assignment is due.
You will not receive a letter grade on this assignment; you are handing in your answers to the
questions to demonstrate that you have read and thought about the article. I will also ask
questions about the article on your exams. One point will be subtracted for every day that each
assignment is late. In order to pass the course, you must hand in the journal-article summary no
later than 10 days after its due date. The purpose of this assignment is to help you to think
critically about research, so that you can appreciate how to critique your own research project
and other psychology research.
4. Event Summaries:
By Monday, December 6, please turn in a typed one-page summary for each of the two programs
about women or diversity that you attended outside of class. I will specify which programs can
be included in this assignment. They will include films, plays, and invited speakersboth in
Geneseo and in the Rochester area. Also, please let me know about any potentially relevant
programs you have heard about! Then we can share this information with others in the class.
(However, do not substitute another program unless you check with me beforehand.)
4 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Each summary must be at least 2/3 of a page in length (double spaced). I need a hard-copy
version, rather than an e-mail version. It will be graded pass-fail, and one point will be subtracted
for every day that the event summaries are late. In order to pass the course, you must turn in both
summaries no later than Monday, December 13.
Please see me in advance if some component of this event-summary assignment is difficult for
you. Do not announce on the due date that you could not complete it. Also, do not attend an
event unless we discussed it in class or in an email. Please note: Two students failed this course
because they did not turn in appropriate event summaries. Another student failed the course
because the summaries had been plagiarized.
The purpose of this assignment is to broaden your understanding of the many aspects of
womens livesand other dimensions of diversityincluding areas outside psychology. Last
semester, for instance, these areas included theater, political science, literature, multicultural
programs, sociology, and criminal justice. Most students report that they found the programs
very interesting and thought provoking!
GRADING
To determine your grade in the course, I will add up the total number of points you have
obtained in the course. The following percentages will be used to determine your grade:
A = 88 - 100%
B = 78 - 87%
C = 68 - 77%
D = 58 - 67%
E = below 58%
Plus and minus grades will be given to students whose grades are near the boundaries.
NOTICE ABOUT DISABILITY SERVICES: SUNY Geneseo will make reasonable
accommodations for persons with documented physical, emotional, or learning disabilities.
Students should contact Tabitha Buggie-Hunt, who is the Director of the Office of Disability
Services (Erwin 105D) and also contact me to discuss needed accommodations. Please make
these arrangements as soon as possible, so that you can do well in the course. Also, more
information about services is available at <http://disability.geneseo.edu>.
5 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
ATTENDANCE
I do not take attendance in this course. However, about half of the questions on exams are based
on information that we discuss in class. Thus, students with high grades in the course are
typically those with perfect attendance.
If you miss a class, be sure to get the notes and assignments from someone in class. If you know
you will be absent, arrange to have a friend pick up any material handed out in class.
Make-up examinations will not be allowed unless you are seriously ill or have an extreme
personal emergency. In those cases, please contact me before the exam, if possible, but no later
than 2 days after the exam.
CLASS SCHEDULE (Classes meet on Mondays from 4:00 to 6:30 p.m.)
Date
Course Content
Reading
August 30
Introduction
Chapter 1
Gender Stereotypes
Chapter 2
September 20
Chapter 3
September 27
Adolescence
Cognitive Abilities & Achievement
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
October 4
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
November 1
Sexuality
Chapter 9
November 8
October 25
6 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
November 15
Physical Health
Chapter 11
November 22
Chapter 12
November 29
Chapter 13
December 6
Chapter 14
Moving Onward...
Chapter 15
December 13
FINAL EXAMINATION: The comprehensive final exam includes all chapters and all lectures.
It is scheduled for Monday, December 20, 6:45 to 9:30 p.m. Half of the questions will focus on
the topics in the most recent material, Chapters 10-15, and half will focus on earlier topics, from
Chapters 1-9.
7 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN
RESEARCH PROJECT HANDOUT
Psychology of Women
Psychology 308
Spring, 2007
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Preparing the Preview of Your Paper
As specified in the course syllabus, you must turn in your paper preview in advance. This
precaution is designed to assure that your topic is appropriate from the standpoint of both
research design and ethics. I want to make certain that you have chosen a topic that can inspire a
good paper!
Its fine to change topics, but you must provide me with a written copy of your new
proposal before you begin the project. Again, this precaution is essential because Ill need to
make certain that your new proposal is methodologically and ethically appropriate. For this
reason, I will not accept your actual paper unless I have approved your preview. (If you turn in a
paperfor which I did not approve the previewyou will receive a score of 0 out of 55 on your
paper.)
Your paper preview must describe at least two of your three hypotheses, and it should
provide a clear description of how you will test these hypotheses. If your preview is not
satisfactory, you will lose points, and you will get a late start in conducting your research.
I will distribute more information about the preview in several weeks. This handout will also
describe the information you need to include in your preview. Here is an example of a good
preview.
Preview: Do People Judge an Aggressive Woman Differently from an Aggressive Man?
The goal of my project will be to determine whether people judge an aggressive act differently, depending
on the gender of the aggressive person. I will be constructing four separate vignettes, each describing an individual
who is being aggressive. Here is a sample vignette, describing a male being aggressive:
Joe is a 20-year-old college student. He has been having trouble with his car, so he took it in to the repair
shop this morning. They promised that they would have his car ready by 3:00 this afternoon. When Joe returns to the
shop at 3:00, he is told that it will not be ready until 4:00. At the top of his lungs, he screams, Youve got to be
kidding! You promised me it would be ready by now! You can bet Ill never come back here again!
How appropriate do you think Joes response was? (circle a number)
1
2
not at all appropriate
7
very appropriate
I plan to test 40 Geneseo students, and Ill gather my sample (a convenience sample) on two different days from
people passing through the College Union. Ill have four groups of 10 students each:
1. 10 males, each judging four vignettes about males;
2. 10 females, each judging four vignettes about males;
3. 10 males, each judging four vignettes about females (i. e, the same vignette as above, but using a females name);
4. 10 females, judging vignettes about females.
So far, I have two hypotheses:
1. People will give higher ratings to males than to females; that is, they will judge an aggressive males actions to be
more appropriate than an aggressive females actions.
2. Male participants will be more likely than female participants to show this kind of biased judgment.
9 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Ethical Considerations
In class, we will consider ethical issues involved in studying human behavior. Three
especially important issues are potential harm, anonymity, and informed consent.
One of the most important concerns is that we must not psychologically harm the
individuals we study. For that reason, certain topics will be considered out of bounds for this
project. These topics are sexuality (e.g., sexual behavior, sexual orientation, abortion, unwanted
pregnancy), violence (e.g., rape, battering, sexual harassment, child abuse), and drug issues (e.g.,
personal experience with alcohol and other drugs). If you turn in a preview that focuses on any of
these topics, I will automatically reject the preview. However, you can conduct archival analyses
on these topics because no people would be tested.
We must also protect the anonymity of all participants. Anonymity means that the
experimenter cannot identify which person provided which data. Thus, the participants name
must not appear anywhere on any questionnaire or data sheet. Furthermore, data on individual
people should be kept confidential and should not be supplied to anyone. It is important that we
respect individuals rights to privacy. We must not harm humans in the process of learning more
about them.
If you conduct an actual experiment that does not include a written response sheet, you
must obtain informed consent from each participant. Ethical guidelines specify that each
participant must sign a sheet saying that they are participating without coercion and that they will
experience no harm. We cannot require informed consent for naturalistic observation studies (by
their very nature). Therefore, we will poll the class to determine whether any questionable
naturalistic-observation study does indeed seem harmful. (Informed consent is not relevant for
archival analyses. Informed consent is also not relevant for questionnaires; the SUNY Geneseo
ethics review board says that a person automatically gives informed consent when she or he fills
out a questionnaire.)
The Write-up for Your Project
You must prepare two complete copies of your paper prior to submitting the paper. Keep
one copy, and turn the other copy in to me. This will also be important if your paper is lost. (In
Fall, 2004, a student failed to make a copy of her paper. She lost her paper, and her computer
crashed. She therefore had to write it over again.) After Ive turned back your graded paper, you
will give me either an unmarked copy or a photocopy of your graded paper for my files. You
should keep the original paperwith my notationsto use as a guideline for your future writing.
The report must be written in standard APA style. Details are available in a book on
reserve called Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (2001, 5th
edition). The sample paper shown on pages 306316 is especially helpful.
10 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Try to follow the general APA format. I will not reduce your grade for some of the finer
points in APA style. However, you should have the information in the correct sections of your
paper. Here are the names of the sections, as well as their contents:
1.
Introduction. This will require library research. I will mention some journals you might
wish to examine, but PsycINFO will be your best resource. At the beginning of the introduction
to your paper, discuss the general topic that you will be studying. Next, describe the findings that
the previous research has shown (Youll need at least two citations from academic journals or
books, for this part of your paper. I will not accept citations from textbooks, the Internet, popular
magazines, or summaries of dissertations in Dissertations Abstracts International.) At the end of
the introduction, state your three hypotheses. So that I can easily determine the purpose of your
study, please number them (e.g., Hypothesis 1). As we will discuss in class, each hypothesis
should be stated in terms of a comparison, like the two hypotheses in the sample preview on page
2 of this handout.
2.
Method. In this section, tell precisely what you did in the study. Describe the people you
tested or the archival material you examined. Include a copy of the questionnaire, if you used
one. Be as precise and detailed as possible. Details about research methods are crucial, so that
you can identify potential sources of bias in your study. (In fact, your paper cannot receive an A
or A- without extensive details in this section.)
3.
Results. Summarize your findings, giving either averages or the number of items in each
category. A table or a graph may be useful. You will be expected to perform statistical analyses
in this section. For example, you may wish to demonstrate that the difference between two
means is statistically significant, or that there are significantly more males than females
represented in certain kinds of advertisements. You will receive a separate handout on statistics
later, when you have a more complete idea about the nature of your data. In this section, you will
be expected to perform at least three statistical comparisons (e.g., three chi-square analyses).
4.
Discussion. For Psychology 308, this is the most important section of your paper. Briefly
review your results. Discuss in detail any criticism of your research methods. Are there biases
that can influence your major points? Can the results be interpreted in terms of any hypotheses
other than the one you were testing? How would the results have been different if you had used a
different subject population? Use Table 1.1 from your textbook to stimulate your thinking about
biases. Also, provide specific examples (e.g. quotations from peoples responses on your
questionnaires) that can illustrate your major points. You may also wish to include some
exceptions (e.g., an impressively nonsexist advertisement).
Also, consider what issues you would examine if you were to pursue the research further.
In addition, discuss why your study was importantwhat implications does it have for peoples
lives? Because the discussion section is the most important part of your paper, it will be the
most important determinant of your grade on this project.
5.
Abstract. (Write this last, but place this page at the beginning of the paper, right after the
title page.) In one paragraphabout half a pagesummarize what you did in the study and what
you conclude. Try to imagine a bright Geneseo student who has taken only Introductory
11 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Psychology. This student will be reading your abstract. Will she or he be able to understand your
study, based only on this abstract?
6.
Appendix. Your appendix should include your calculations for any chi-square tests.
These calculations can be handwritten, but label which hypothesis each one is testing. Also,
include photocopies or other examples, if you are investigating the print media. Include a copy of
the questionnaire if you are doing a survey.
I will consider writing style and spelling when grading your paper. In fact, if your writing
style and spelling are weak, you cannot earn a solid A on this paper. This is not an English class,
but good writing style is an important attribute of a competent psychologist. Look at the
Psychology Departments Writing Guidelines for Psychology Papers before you begin to
write, and check them again before you proofread the paper. You can also locate some excellent
papers from previous semesters by looking at the Electronic Reserve (Password = Psyc308).
IMPORTANT: On the title page of your paper, hand-write the phrase, I have reviewed the
Psychology Departments Writing Guidelines. Then sign your name. This way, I know that you
believe you have studied these guidelines appropriately.
The length should run between 8 and 11 pages (not including the title page, tables,
figures, or appendix). Do not write fewer than 8 pages or more than 11 pages. Please number
your pages and use a standard font and margins. Double-space the entire paper. Be sure to
include all possible relevant information that you think a reader should know about your study.
I will not require you to see me before you begin your study. However, I would like to
encourage you to do so. I can make suggestions on how you can formulate an idea for your
study. We can also discuss how to examine the topic that interests you. Together, we can design
a project that youll find intriguing. Its important to find a topic that inspires you, because you
will spend many hours with this project!
12 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
* An Examination of the Personal Advertisements in Korean-American Newspapers
* How Gender Influences Talk Show Interviews
* Alcohol Advertisements in Black- and White-Oriented Magazines
* Gender Stereotyping of Leisure Activities, as Portrayed in Travel Brochures
* Boys and Girls Reactions to School, as Illustrated in Childrens Picture Books
* College Websites: Focus and Portrayal of Gender
* Using Personal Advertisements on the World Wide Web to Examine What Men and
Women Value in Potential Partners
* Aunt Flo: Friend or Foe? A Study of the Representation of Menstruation in
Advertisements
* Television Sports Stations: How Much Time Do They Devote to Each Gender?
* Women and Children First: Stereotyped Appeals to Charitable Natures [Charities
show almost no men in their website photographs.]
* Media Attention to the Physical Appearance and Clothing of Male and Female
Politicians
* The Underrepresentation of Older Women in Popular Magazines Lists of Beautiful
People
* Where Are the Girls on Public Broadcasting Systems Programs for Children?
2. Questionnaires on interests, activities, and beliefs. Students devise their own questionnaires
and distribute them to a sample of respondents. Some representative topics include the following:
* Gender-Role Beliefs in Dual-Income Marriages and Careers
* Are There Gender Differences in Reported Amount of Time Spent Studying?
* Students in a Campus Christian Group Are as Likely as Other Students to Endorse
Feminist Ideas
* Nurses Job Satisfaction and Perceptions of Gender Discrimination
* Whos Doing the Housework: What Household Tasks Male and Female Students Recall
Doing During High School
* Differences in Social Desirability and Self-Esteem in Sorority Members and NonMembers
* Mens Perceptions of Themselves, Other Men, and Women in Relation to Child
Nurturance
* What Are There So Few Studies on Hair Color? So Blondes Can Count Them
[Students evaluations of blond and brunette women]
* Gender Comparisons in Attitudes Toward the Iraq War and the Possibility of a Draft
14 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
* College Students Attitudes About the Preferred Gender for Their Firstborn Child.
* What Factors Cause Stress for College Women?
* College Students Attitudes Toward Presidential Candidates, as a Function of the
Candidates Gender and Ethnicity
3. Naturalistic observation. Students record behavior in a natural setting. Many of these concern
nonverbal communication. Typical paper topics include the following:
* Do Women Buy More Healthful Food than Men at a Grocery Store?
* Who Opens Doors for Whom, on a College Campus?
* Parents Responses to Childrens Toy Preferences in a Toy Store
* Cross-Sex Touching Interactions in Nonverbal Communication
* Who Touches Whom in Airport Reunions?
* Whom Do Teachers Call On in College Classrooms?
* Gazing Behavior Among Married Couples
* Do Emotionally Handicapped Children Show Sex Differences in Aggressive Classroom
Behavior?
* Who Pays for the Ticket in Movie Theaters?
* Who Really Stops at the Stop Signs: A Gender Comparison
4. Experiments. Students have conducted field experiments and studies using vignettes. Some
paper titles include the following:
* When Mary Kay Cleans the Floors: Cosmetics in the Workplace [Students responded
that makeup was less appropriate when a photo was labeled, Cleaning Staff, rather than
Office Secretary.]
* Perceptions of Age Differences in Dating and Marriage: Examining the Cougar
Culture
* Responses of Toy-Store Sales Clerks: Are They Stereotyped?
* Does Young Womens Self-Esteem Decrease After Viewing Photos of Magazine
Models?
* The Evaluation of Women Described in Sexist and Nonsexist Language
* Does the Generic Masculine Influence the Choice of Pictures?
* Selective Recall: Do Males and Females Show Superior Recall for Gender
Appropriate Adjectives?
* Do People Help Females More than Males?
15 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
* Self-Confidence and Evaluation Provided by Others: Does the Gender of the Evaluator
Matter?
* How Do People Respond to Males Versus Females Asking for a Date: Do Latinas/os
and European Americans Differ?
I hand out a description of the project during the first session of class and encourage students
to see me. Usually one-third of the students work independently, and the quality of these projects
varies tremendously. About one third visit with a well-defined project topic that requires only a
small amount of guidance (e.g., some suggestions on references or further refinement of
operational definitions). The other one-third enter my office hesitantly and typically apologize, I
have no idea what I want to do. Careful, supportive questioning typically reveals that they do
have several ideas, and I try to help them decide what interests them most and is most feasible. A
few students each semester really dont have a research idea, so I ask them about their academic
majors, their future professions, and the section of the course that most intrigues them. These
questions help them focus their interests. These students often require a second visit after
contemplating a general topic. (Tempting though it may be, I never suggest a specific research
idea.)
Students are instructed to locate at least two relevant resources to cite in their references.
Naturally, the students who choose to analyze the representation of gender in coloring books and
travel brochures will not find studies on their precise topics. Instead, they will need to cite
literature on other media analyses. I encourage them to use PsycINFO. I emphasize, however,
that this is to be a research project, rather than a literature review.
I emphasize ethical considerations in describing these projects. (See the research project handout
for details.) Students learn about the problem of invading a persons privacy. The description
also emphasizes that they cannot study topics related to sexual orientation, sexual activity,
violence, or illegal activity, unless they would like to conduct an archival analysis.
I provide students with a separate statistics handout including a step-by-step procedure for
performing a chi-square analysis, which is appropriate for most projects and which students can
master quite readily. I emphasize that this is not a course in statistics, however. Some students
feel confident about performing t-tests and correlation coefficients on their own. Some others
particularly those who come to my office with a handful of data several days before the papers
are duehave data that would be appropriate for an analysis of variance or a t-test, but it is clear
that they cannot complete the project in time. I instruct them how to convert their data so that a
chi-square analysis is appropriate, pointing out that this procedure is less powerful.
Students write up their studies according to American Psychological Association style. However,
I inform them that I will not deduct for errors in the more exotic areas. In their write-up, they
need to include the abstract, the introduction, the method, the results, the discussion, and the
references. I emphasize that the method section should be precise in describing the operational
definition, the sample, the setting, and the researcher(s). The discussion section should focus on
practical implications of their study, research biases that might have influenced their results, and
factors that limit the generalizability of their results. They also need to describe potential
16 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
additional research. This section allows them to analyze critically the various areas of potential
biases that they learned about in Chapter 1.
Furthermore, these student projects typically provide support for the themes of my Psychology of
Women textbook. Many students choose to administer a questionnaire or to use naturalistic
observation. They typically find no difference between the females and males responses. Some
students come in to my office after analyzing the data, and they say, My study didnt work out;
I didnt find any significant gender differences. At this point, Ill ask them to think about the
themes of the course, and its interesting to see their response as they acknowledge Theme 1.
When students choose archival analyses, they almost always find gender differences. In the
discussion section of their paper, most of them acknowledge Theme 3, because women are
definitely less visible than men in the media.
Above all, I emphasize to students that the purpose of this research project is not to test their
abilities to locate numerous references, to demonstrate their statistical expertise, or to devise a
perfectly controlled study. Instead, the purpose is to entice them into the excitement and
challenges of research in psychology.
17 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER OUTLINES
CHAPTER 1
Introduction
Central Concepts in the Psychology of Women
Sex and Gender
Sex
Gender
Doing Gender
The Extent of Social Biases
Sexism
Racism
Classism
Ableism
Heterosexism/Sexual Prejudice
Ageism
Feminist Approaches
Liberal Feminism
Cultural Feminism
Radical Feminism
Women-of-Color Feminism
Psychological Approaches to Gender Similarity and Difference
The Similarities Perspective
social constructionism
The Differences Perspective
18 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
essentialism
19 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
gender is complicated
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
intersectionality
U.S.-Centered Nationalism
21 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
22 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 2
Aristotle
Jean-Jacques Rousseau
23 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Gender Biases in Language
Terms Used for Women
non-parallel terms
negative terms
infantilizing terms
The Masculine Generic
Gender-role attitudes
Cognitive performance
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Gender
Ethnicity
Culture
25 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Implicit Gender Stereotypes
Explicit vs. Implicit Gender Stereotypes
Implicit Association Test (IAT)
stereotype-consistent pairings vs. stereotype-inconsistent pairings
The Complexity of Contemporary Sexism
Attitudes Toward Womens Competence
Womens competence is likely to be devalued:
gender-stereotyped remarks
26 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Heterosexism
Heterosexism: a belief system that devalues lesbians, gay males, and
bisexualsor any group that is not exclusively heterosexual
Sexual Prejudice: a negative attitude toward someone because of her or his
sexual orientation
Examples of Heterosexism
Lack of family acceptance
Verbal abuse
Physical assault
Institutional discrimination
Factors Correlated with Heterosexism
Men more negative than women
More negative attitudes toward gay men than toward lesbians
27 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Applying Gender Stereotypes to Ourselves
Assessing Self-Concepts about Gender
Bem Sex-Role Inventory (BSRI)
Androgynous
Problems with androgyny
Internalizing Gender Stereotypes
Variety of gender-related characteristics
Social categories
Social context
Are Gender Stereotypes Personally Important?
Conclusions About Applying Gender Stereotypes
Flexible self-concepts about gender
Views about gender-related characteristics
Confronting your -ISMS
28 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 3
Mllerian ducts
Wolffian ducts
Development of the gonads
Production of hormones
androgen
estrogen
Development of the external genitals
Atypical Prenatal Development
intersexed individual
androgen-insensitivity syndrome
Important cultural questions
Peoples Responses to Infant Girls and Boys
Parental Preferences About Sex of Children
North America
Cultural differences
Peoples Stereotypes About Infant Girls and Boys
Parents ratings of newborn sons and daughters
Strangers judgments
29 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Greeting cards
Social constructionism
30 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Theories of Gender Development
The Social Learning Approach
Gender schemas
Gender identity
General Comments about Theories of Gender Development
Childrens behaviors are important
Childrens thoughts are important
ethnicity
31 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
social class
32 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Peers
Peer group
Rejection of Nontraditional Behavior
Gender Segregation
entitlement
Gender Prejudice
verbal harassment
physical hostility
attractiveness
prosocial behavior
physical aggression
School
Teachers Behavior
girls as invisible
social class
Encouraging Change in North American Schools
schooling
literacy rates
employment
The Media
Television and Videogames
frequency of exposure
gender stereotypes
33 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
main characters
activities
stereotyped roles
Ethnicity
Social Class
Family Views
Flexibility
Individual Differences
34 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 4
Adolescence
Introduction
Terminology
Puberty
Adolescence
Menarche
Follicle-stimulating hormone
Luteinizing hormone
Estrogen
Progesterone
Ovaries & ova
Follicles
Ovulation
Uterus
Endometrium
35 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Biological Aspects of the Menstrual Cycle (continued)
The Events in the Menstrual Cycle
Brain structures, hormones, and internal reproductive organs are
carefully coordinated to regulate the menstrual cycle according to a
feedback loop.
1. In response to a low estrogen level, the hypothalamus signals the
pituitary gland.
2. The pituitary gland responds by releasing follicle-stimulating
hormone, which stimulates the follicles to become more mature
and signals the ovaries to increase their production of estrogen
and progesterone.
3. The increased level of estrogen stimulates the development of the
endometrium. It also signals the pituitary gland to stop producing
follicle-stimulating hormone.
4. The pituitary gland stops producing follicle-stimulating hormone
and starts producing luteinizing hormone.
5. Luteinizing hormone usually suppresses growth in all follicles
except one; therefore, only one egg typically reaches maturity.
6. The follicle then releases the ovum, or egg, on approximately the
14th day of the menstrual cycle, a process called ovulation.
7. The empty follicle matures into a round structure called the
corpus luteum, which secretes progesterone and estrogen. The
levels of both these hormones rise after ovulation.
8. The high level of progesterone inhibits the production of
additional luteinizing hormone. As a result, the corpus luteum
decomposes.
9. When the corpus luteum decomposes, the production of both
progesterone and estrogen falls rapidly. With such low levels of
hormones, the thicker endometrium can no longer be maintained.
The endometrium is sloughed off, and it passes out of the vagina
as menstrual flow.
10. The low level of estrogen signals the hypothalamus, causing a new
cycle to begin.
Menstrual Pain
Dysmenorrhea
Prostaglandins
Anxiety
Treatments
36 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
The Controversial Premenstrual Syndrome
Symptoms
Controversy
raging hormones or cultural myth?
Mood Swings
Research biases
Hardie (1997)
Hormonal factors
Psychological factors
Cultural factors
Coping with Premenstrual Syndrome
Positive Reactions to the Menstrual Cycle
Chrisler and colleagues (1994)
Menstrual Joy Questionnaire (Delaney et al., 1988)
Cultural Attitudes Toward Menstruation
Taboos
Negative Attitudes
Invisibility
Advertisements
Self-Esteem
Gender Comparisons
Meta-Analysis
Ethnicity
Social Class
37 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Body Image and Physical Attractiveness
Physical Attractiveness
Eating Disorders
Media
Women of Color
Feminist Identity
Feminism
Cultural Identity
Cultural Identity
Ethnic Identity
White-as-Normative Attitudes
Religious Identity
Complex Identities
Transgender Identity
Transgendered Person
38 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Gender Issues in Higher Education
Demographics
The Academic Environment in Higher Education
Chilly classroom climate
Women of Color and Higher Education
Barriers
Financial issues
Special programs
Career Aspirations
1. Adolescent males and females have equivalent aspirations about
entering prestigious careers.
2. Adolescent females are more likely than adolescent males to choose
careers that are nontraditional for their gender.
3. Adolescent females are more likely than adolescent males to report
that they have been effective in gathering information about their
future careers.
4. When considering their future careers, adolescent females are more
likely than adolescent males to emphasize the importance of marriage
and children.
Personal Characteristics
Parents Backgrounds
39 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Romantic Relationships
Heterosexual Relationships
Media
Research
Individual differences
Duration
40 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 5
Cognitive Abilities
Cognitive Abilities That Show No Consistent Gender Differences
General Intelligence
Complex Cognitive Tasks
Memory Ability
Lists of Words
Memory for Events
Nonverbal Material
41 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Verbal Ability
General Verbal Ability
vocabulary
verbal fluency
writing ability
meta-analysis
SAT
Reading Disabilities
objective vs. subjective classification
Mathematics Ability
General Mathematics Ability
Grades in Mathematics Courses
The SAT
validity
Spatial Ability
Spatial Visualization
embedded-figure test
learning map information
Spatial Perception
water-level test
Mental Rotation
instructions
individual differences
Explaining the Gender Comparisons
Biological Explanations
1. Genetic explanations
2. Hormonal explanations
3. Brain organization explanations
lateralization
Experience as an Explanation
1. Different experiences with mathematics and spatial activities
outside school
2. Parents and teachers may provide different experiences for males
and females
42 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
3.
43 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Explaining the Gender Comparisons (continued)
Attitudes as an Explanation
1. Parents and teachers attitudes and childrens self-confidence
2. Boys perceive themselves as more competent in math than girls
do, even though boys may actually receive lower grades
3. Students believe that math, computers, and science are associated
with males
4. Stereotype threat
Women are more likely than men to use the information from other
peoples evaluations in assessing their own performance, even
when the evaluations are not accurate.
44 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 6
Communication Patterns
Verbal Communication
Talkativeness
Interruptions
Status
Language Style
The Content of Language
45 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Nonverbal Communication
Personal Space
Body Posture
Visual Gaze
Facial Expression
Smiling
Anger
Decoding Ability
Facial Expressions
Vocal Cues
Potential Explanations for Gender Differences in Communication
Power and Social Status Explanations
Social Learning Explanations
Conclusions
3.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Similarities perspective
Subsequent Research
Summary
47 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Attitudes About Social Justice
General Social Survey
Friendship
The Nature of Girls and Boys Same-Gender Friendships
Individuals
Groups
Self-disclosure
The Nature of Womens and Mens Same-Gender Friendships
What friends do
Intimacy & self-disclosure
Qualities important for a close, intimate friendship
How Women and Men Help Their Friends
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Leadership
Interest in Leadership
Leadership Style
Transformational style of leadership
Transactional style of leadership
Leadership Effectiveness
Gender of leader
Gender of rater
Gender-consistent roles
Persuasion
Who is more persuasive?
Gender and assertiveness
Nonverbal behavior
Double bind for women
49 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 7
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Discrimination in Hiring Patterns (continued)
How Does Access Discrimination Operate?
1. Employers may have negative stereotypes about womens
abilities.
2. Employers may assume that the candidate must have certain
stereotypically masculine characteristics to succeed on the job.
3. Employers may pay attention to inappropriate characteristics
when female candidates are being interviewed.
Gender-role spillover
What Is Affirmative Action?
Affirmative action
Reverse discrimination
Overall
Ethnicity
Education
Different jobs
Other variables
Other countries
Comparable Worth
Occupational segregation
Reactions to Lower Salaries
Entitlement
Anger
Denial of personal disadvantage
Discrimination in Promotions
Glass Ceiling
Labyrinth Metaphor
Sticky Floor
Glass Escalator
51 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Other Kinds of Treatment Discrimination
Negative Evaluation
Sexual Harassment
Negative Gender-Related Comments
Other Negative Interactions
Exclusion from Informal Social Interactions
Lack of Mentoring
Discrimination Against Lesbians in the Workplace
Heterosexism
Hiring & Firing
Pros & Cons of Coming Out at Work
What To Do About Treatment Discrimination
Individuals
1. Women should be aware of the conditions in which stereotypes are
least likely to operate, for example, when the job applicants
qualifications are clear-cut rather than ambiguous. Find work you
enjoy. Then develop skills and experiences that are especially relevant
to your occupation, so that you are clearly well qualified. Know your
legal rights.
2. Join relevant organizations, use the Internet, and make connections
with other supportive people.
3. Locate a woman who has achieved success in your profession; ask
whether she can serve as a mentor.
Organizations
1. Understand affirmative action policies and take them seriously; make
sure that women are represented in the pool of candidates for hiring
and promotion. Develop guidelines within the organization.
2. Appoint a task force to examine gender issues within the
organization, and make it clear that the groups recommendations
will be valued and carried out.
3. Train managers so that they can evaluate candidates fairly, reducing
gender stereotypes.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Garment Work
Sweatshops
Maquiladoras
53 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Employment in Traditionally Male, High-Prestige Professions
Characteristics of Women in High-Prestige Professions
Academic experiences
Personal characteristics
Cognitive skills
Work involvement
Self-confidence
The Workplace Climate for Women in High-Prestige Professions
Chilly climate
Mentoring
Appearance
Self-confidence
Success
Patronizing treatment
Sexism
Good Pay
Sense of Pride
Satisfaction
Individual approach
Situation-Centered Explanations
Structural approach
Division of responsibility
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Entitlement & denial of personal disadvantage
Satisfaction with Marriage
Employment status
Housework
Children
Taking Care of Children
Single mothers
Maternal Employment and Children
Cognitive development
Social behavior
Emotional closeness
Role models
Personal Adjustment
Role Strain
Physical Health
Most employed women are healthier than nonemployed women
Mental Health
Happiness, self-concept, & independence
Social class
Leisure gap
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
56 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 8
Love Relationships
Dating and Heterosexual Relationships
The Ideal Romantic Partner
North American Research
Sexual partners
physical attractiveness
Marriage partners
honesty
personality
intelligence
Personal ads
Do nice guys finish last?
Cross-Cultural Research
Cultural traditions
Education
Financial prospects
Physical attractiveness
Explanations for Gender Differences in Patterns of Preference
Evolutionary-Psychology Approach
highly speculative
no genetic mechanism
same-gender relationships
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Explanations for Gender Differences in Patterns of Preference (continued)
The Social-Roles Approach
friendship
friendship
Breaking Up
copingblame, distractions
newlyweds
expectations
changes
conflict
Gender Comparisons in Marital Satisfaction
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
59 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Marital Satisfaction (continued)
Characteristics of Happy, Stable Marriages
1. Emotional stability
2. Good communication skills and understanding
3. More positive comments and expressions of affection, rather than
negative comments and responses
4. Strong conflict-resolution skills
5. Trust in the other person
6. Mutual support
7. Belief that each spouse is genuinely concerned about the others
well-being
8. Flexibility
9. Equal sharing of household tasks
10. Equal sharing in decision making
Explanatory patterns
Happily married couples interpret their spouses actions in a more positive
light than unhappily married couples.
Distribution of Power in Marriages
Traditional Marriage
Egalitarian Marriage
Marriage and Women of Color
Latinas
Machismo
Marianismo
Most Latina/o couples do not adopt these extremely traditional
patterns.
Black Women
Economic differences
Women as strong
Egalitarian decision-making
Asian American Women
Role of ethnicity
Conflict between traditional customs and contemporary gender roles
Cultural influences
60 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Divorce
Cohabitation and Divorce
Couples who live together before marriage are more likely to get
divorced.
Cohabitation does not necessarily cause divorce.
The Decision to Divorce
Wives initiate divorce more often than husbands do
Reasons for divorce
infidelity
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Characteristics of Lesbian Relationships
The Beginning of a Relationship
Dependability
Personality
Friendship
Emotional intimacy
Equality in Lesbian Relationships
Equal decision making
Housework
Satisfaction
Satisfaction similar to heterosexual couples and gay male couples
Stronger relationship quality
Fewer conflicts
Relationship commitment
Psychological intimacy
Breaking Up
Similar to heterosexual breakup pattern
Same mix of emotions
Fewer factors preventing breakup
Less support for relationship
Lack of support after breakup
Lesbian Women of Color
Triple Barrier
Cultural Barriers
Invisibility
Community Support
Legal Status of Lesbian Relationships
Marriage
Personal, Fairness, & Political Reasons
Practical Reasons
Countries & States Permitting Same-Gender Marriage
62 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Bisexual Women
Characteristics of Bisexual Women
Flexible identity
Adjustment & satisfaction
Role of ethnicity
Attitudes Toward Bisexual Women
Rejection by both heterosexual and lesbian communities
Violating categories
The Fluidity of Female Sexual Orientation
Traditional Modelunhappiness, questioning, identity
Diamonds Researchstable vs. fluid
Unlabeled Women
Theoretical Explanations About Sexual Orientation
Questions about Heterosexuality
Biological Explanations
Lack of research with lesbian women
Genetic factors
Hormonal factors
Brain structures
Twin studies
The Social Constructionist Approach
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Single Women
Characteristics of Single Women
Independence
Adjustment
Privacy
Self-knowledge
Loneliness
Social networks
Little research
Unmarried-daughter role
64 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 9
Sexuality
Background on Womens Sexuality
Theoretical Perspectives
Biases
Androcentric emphasis
Heterosexist bias
Biological framework
Essentialism
Social Constructionist Approach
Female Sexual Anatomy
mons pubis
labia majora
labia minora
clitoral hood
clitoris
vagina
Sexual Responses
General Phases
Masters & Johnson
excitement phase
vasocongestion
plateau phase
orgasmic phase
resolution phase
Gender Comparisons in Sexual Responses
similar phases
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
66 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Sexual Desire
Hormones
Social Factors
Cultural Factors
Gender Differences
Compared to women, men:
67 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Sex Education
Parents and Sex Education
Mothers give the talk
Certain topics never discussed
Mixed messages
Ethnic differences
Schools and Sex Education
organ recital
Abstinence Only Until Marriage (AOUM) Programs
accurate information
contraceptives
mixed messages
Television
68 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Older Women and Sexuality
Estrogen
Frequency of Genital Sexual Activity
Importance of Closeness and Intimacy
Sexual Inactivity
Cultural Expectations & Biases
Sexual Disorders
Low Sexual Desire
Female Orgasmic Disorder
How Gender Roles Contribute to Sexual Disorders
1. Many people believe that a man should be sexual and aggressive,
whereas a woman doesnt need to enjoy sexual activity.
2. Our culture emphasizes the length, strength, and endurance of a
mans penis. When a man focuses on these issues, he probably
wont think about how to make the interactions pleasurable for his
partner.
3. Physical attractiveness is emphasized more for females than for
males, so a woman may focus on her physical appearance, rather
than on her own sexual pleasure.
Self-objectification
Therapy for Sexual Disorders
Cognitive restructuring
70 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Abstinence
Tubal Ligation
Vasectomy
Oral Contraceptives
Condom
71 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
6.
7.
People often believe that birth control devices will interrupt the
lovemaking mood, because they are not considered erotic or
romantic.
Many young women are pressured to have sexual intercourse,
often with a much older man.
72 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Contraception and Family Planning in Developing Countries
Fertility Rates
Female Literacy
Family Planning
Contraception
Lack of Access to Family Planning
Unwanted Pregnancies
Abortion and Other Alternatives
Before 1973
Roe v. Wade
Abortion rates
Safety
Womens Psychological Reactions to an Abortion
Relief
Negative feelings
Individual differences
No long-term effects
Factors related to psychological adjustment
early abortion
self-efficacy
support
Children Born to Women Who Were Denied Abortions
fewer friends
marital difficulties
drug problems
work conflicts
73 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 10
Fertilized egg travels down the fallopian tube into the uterus
Implantation or menstruation
Placenta
Prenatal Care
Physical Reactions During Pregnancy
Weight Gain
Protruding Abdomen
Breast Tenderness
Frequent Urination
Fatigue
Nausea
Individual Differences
Interest in Sexual Activity
Emotional Reactions During Pregnancy
Positive Emotions
Social approval
Sense of attachment
Anticipation
Negative Emotions
Change
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Health issues
Loss of identity
physical reaction
planned pregnancy
economic status
Miscarriage
Stressful Events
Attitudes Toward Pregnant Women
Situational Factors
night shift
Childbirth
The Biology of Childbirth
Three Stages of Labor
Stage 1 (a few hours to at least a day)
contractions and pushing move the baby farther down the vagina
painful contractions
75 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
baby is born
Stage 3 (less than 20 minutes)
76 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Cesarean Births
Risks
Convenience
Social Factors Affecting the Childbirth Experience
Nursing Care
Cultural Expectations
doula
Emotional Reactions to Childbirth
Wide Variation
Intense Joy
Reactions to Pain
Fathers Reactions
Alternative Approaches to Childbirth
Natural Childbirth
1. Empathic health-care providers
2. Education about pregnancy and childbirth
3. Relaxation techniques and exercises designed to strengthen muscles
4. Controlled breathing and other focusing techniques
5. Social support throughout childbirth
Emphasis on Informed Choices
1. Moving around during labor; position during delivery
2. Use of anesthetics
3. Artificially induced labor, Cesarean section, or natural birth
Benefits
less anxiety
reduced pain
77 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Motherhood
Stereotypes About Motherhood
Contradictory messages of happy fulfillment, perfect mothering, and evil
force
The Reality of Motherhood
Negative Factors
1. Child care is physically exhausting; sleep deprivation is also common.
2. Roughly 35% of infants in US are born to unmarried women; mothers
may not have adequate income.
3.
4.
Fathers help much less with child rearing than mothers had expected.
For several weeks after childbirth, women report that they feel leaky
and dirty, coping with after-birth discharges. They are also likely to
feel pain in the vaginal area, the uterus, and the breasts.
5. New mothers seldom have training for the tasks of motherhood.
6. Babies cry much more than parents expect, and they do not smile
until they are about 2 months old.
7. Mothers of newborns may have little contact with other adults.
8. The womans romantic partner may feel neglected.
9. Women feel disappointed in themselves because they do not match
the standards of the ideal mother, the completely unselfish and
perfect woman.
10. People frequently blame mothersmore than fathersfor most of the
problems that infants and children develop.
Infant mortality
Death due to complications of pregnancy and childbirth
Positive Factors
78 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Motherhood and Women of Color
Lesbian Mothers
Diversity of situations
Breast Feeding
Education
Age
Ethnicity
Social Support
Health Benefits of Breast Feeding
79 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Postpartum Disturbances
Postpartum Period
Postpartum Blues (baby blues)
Social factors
stress
economic status
social support
No consistent relationship found between hormonal levels and
postpartum disorders
Employment Following Childbirth
Individual Differences
80 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Deciding Whether To Have Children
Attitudes Toward Women Choosing Not to Have Children
compulsory motherhood
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Infertility
10-15% of couples
82 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 11
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Rape & Abuse
Economic Factors
84 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
How Social Class Influences US Womens Health
Occupation, Income, Education Correlated with Life Expectancy and
Morbidity
Quality of Health Care
Health Insurance
Environmental Factors
Poverty
Psychological Factors
Health Issues for Women in Developing Countries
Lack of Access to Health Care
Painful procedure
Health problems
Prevention
Breast Cancer
Cultural emphasis
Incidence
Breast self-exam
Mammogram
Lumpectomy
Cervical cancer
85 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Hysterectomy
Ovarian cancer
86 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Other Specific Health Problems (continued)
Osteoporosis
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Medical Aspects of HIV and AIDS
Symptom-free Period
Symptoms
Spreading HIV
HIV Develops into AIDS
Drug Therapies
Psychological Aspects of HIV and AIDS
CNS Damage and Psychological Problems
Emotional Responses
Insensitive Reactions from Doctors and Family Members
Finding Support
Preventing AIDS
Denial of Personal Vulnerability
Disclosing of HIV Status
Sexual History
your sexual partner & all of her/his sexual partners . . .
Condoms
sex-education programs
attitudes and rationales interfering with condom use
Power in Relationships
Global Initiatives
Culturally Sensitive AIDS Prevention Programs
Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases
HPV (human papillomavirus/genital warts)
Cervical cancer
Pap smear test
Chlamydia
Genital Herpes
Gonorrhea
Syphilis
88 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Lung Cancer
Premature Death
Secondary Smoke
Addiction to Nicotine
Smoking Rates
Ethnicity
Cigarette Ads
Alcohol Abuse
Problems Caused by Alcohol
Health problems for the drinker
Fetal alcohol syndrome
Indirect effects
Gender and Alcohol
Alcohol consumption
Gender differences in the bodys reaction to alcohol
Binge drinking
Treatment
Abuse of Other Substances
Prescription Medicines
Illegal Drugs
Gender differences
Education
Ethnicity
Lack of gender-specific treatment programs
89 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
90 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 12
Depression
Major Depressive Disorder
Gender differences in adults are substantial across ethnic groups and crossculturally.
Characteristics of Depression
1. Emotional symptoms: feeling sad, gloomy, tearful, apathetic, irritable,
and unable to experience pleasure.
2. Cognitive symptoms: depressed thoughts interfere with normal
functioning, trouble concentrating and making decisions, remember
negative information more accurately than positive information.
3. Physical symptoms: illnesses such as headaches, dizzy spells, fatigue,
indigestion, and generalized pain. Some people gain weight, but other
people lose weight.
4. Behavioral symptoms: decreased ability to do ordinary tasks, decreased
productivity at work, neglected personal appearance, decreased social
interactions, and sleep problems. Many depressed individuals attempt
suicide.
Major Depression vs. Sadness
Personality Characteristics
self-esteem
gender typing
control
91 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Explanations for the Gender Difference in Depression
In the United States and Canada, women are two to three times more likely than
men to experience depression during their lifetime.
Factors No Longer Considered Relevant
Biological factors
Gender Differences in Seeking Therapy
Overdiagnosis of women
General discrimination
Self-sacrifice
Others problems
Rumination
Responses to depression
Ruminative style
Distracting style
Conclusions About Gender and Depression
92 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Weight Loss
93 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Eating Disorders
Continuum of Body-Image Problems
Anorexia Nervosa
amenorrhea
osteoporosis
death
difficult to treat
Bulimia Nervosa
depression
low self-esteem
difficult to treat
Binge-Eating Disorder
typically overweight
depression
low self-esteem
94 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Prevalence
Gender ratio less skewed
95 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Eating Disorders (continued)
Summary/Review of Body Weight and Eating Disorders
1. People who are overweight may try to lose weight, usually without
long-term success.
2. People with anorexia try to lose weight, and they succeed, sometimes
with fatal consequences.
3. People with bulimia fluctuate between gorging and dieting; their
weight is usually normal, but their eating habits produce numerous
other problems.
4. People with binge-eating disorder have frequent episodes of eating
large amounts of food; they are typically overweight.
inappropriate treatment
stereotypes
discriminatory behavior
ethical violation
violation of trust
misuse of power
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Community Resources
97 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Psychotherapy and Social Class
Insurance and Mental Health Care
Pharmacotherapy vs. Psychotherapy
Classism
Myth of Meritocracy
Psychotherapy With Women of Color
Sensitivity to ethnic-group differences in values and beliefs
Microaggressions
People of color not as likely as European Americans to use mental health
services
1. Reluctance to recognize that help is necessary
2. Language and economic barriers
3. Concern about discussing personal problems with therapists,
especially White therapists
4. Belief that psychological disorders could heal without therapy
5. Preference for other culturally specific interventions
Lack of therapists of color and therapists fluent in languages other than
English
Latinas
gender roles
refugee issues
Black Women
stress
discrimination
problems for women who emigrate from Africa and the Caribbean
Asian American Women
refugee issues
language barriers
individual differences
traditional perspectives
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
alcoholism
depression
Psychodynamic therapy
Free-association
Therapist as expert
Mother blaming
Modern redefinitions of Freudian concepts
99 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pharmacotherapy
Some medications are prescribed inappropriately.
Can be an important component of treating serious psychological
disorders
Careful selection and monitoring of medication required
Any client with a disorder serious enough to be treated with
medication should also receive psychotherapy.
100 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Traditional Therapies and Women (continued)
Cognitive-Behavioral Approach
Psychological problems arise from inappropriate thinking and
inappropriate learning.
Modify behaviors
Restructure thought patterns
Help client to consider alternative viewpoints
Effective in treating depression, anxiety, and eating disorders
Feminist Therapy
Nonsexist Therapy
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
5.
102 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Feminist Therapy (continued)
Balancing Power in Feminist Therapy
1. Whenever possible, the therapist should try to enhance the clients
power in the therapeutic relationship.
2. The therapist must encourage clients to become more selfconfident and independent and to develop appropriate skills to
help themselves.
3. The therapist believes and demonstrates that the clientsrather
than the therapistare their own best experts on themselves.
4. When appropriate, feminist therapists may share information
about their own life experiences, reducing the power discrepancy.
However, a therapists primary tasks are listening and thinking,
not talking.
Encourage clients to analyze their psychological problems and develop
their personal strengths
Improve psychological well-being
103 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 13
Men typically possess more power than women; all represent a tragic
exaggeration of traditional gender roles.
Women are left feeling even less powerful after the violence.
Sexual Harassment
Sexual Harassment
Quid Pro Quo Harassment
Hostile Environment Harassment
Examples
Why Is Sexual Harassment an Important Issue?
1. Sexual harassment emphasizes that men typically have more power
than women in our society.
2. Sexual demands are often coercive because women are offered
economic or academic advantages if they comply, but harmful
consequences if they say no.
3. Sexual harassment dehumanizes women and treats them in a sexist
fashion; women are seen primarily as sexual beings rather than as
intelligent and competent employees or students.
4. Women are often forced to be silent, because they are afraid, and yet
they need to continue either in the workplace or at school.
104 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
5.
105 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
How Often Does Sexual Harassment Occur?
College Campuses
Workplace
Military
Cross-Culturally
Womens Reactions to Being Sexually Harassed
Effects on Employment and Education
Emotional Responses
Self-Confidence
Friends Reactions
What To Do About Sexual Harassment
Individual Action
1. Become familiar with your campuss policy on sexual harassment,
and know which officials are responsible for complaints.
2. If a professors behavior seems questionable, discuss the situation
objectively with someone you trust.
3. If the problem persists, consider telling the harasser that his sexual
harassment makes you feel uncomfortable. Many harassment policies
cannot be legally applied unless the harasser has been informed (in
writing) that the behavior is unwanted.
4. Keep records of all occurrencesincluding specific dates and times
and keep copies of all correspondence.
5. If the problem persists, report it to the appropriate officials on
campus. An institution that takes no action is responsible if another
act of harassment occurs after an incident is reported.
6. Join a feminist group on campus, or help to start one. A strong
support group can encourage real empowerment, reduce the chances
that other students will experience sexual harassment, and help to
change campus policy on this important issue.
How Men Can Help
106 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
What To Do About Sexual Harassment (continued)
Societys Response to the Harassment Problem
Role of alcohol
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Ongoing physical and emotional problems
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)
Psychotherapy
108 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Fear of Rape
All women suffer because of the threat of rape.
Fear of rape controls womens behavior and restricts what they can do.
The Publics Attitudes About Rape
Blaming the Victim
Legal System
Gender Roles
Gender Differences
Circumstances Surrounding the Assault
Myths About Rape
Myth 1: Rapists are strangersthat is, people unknown to the victim.
Myth 2: Women ask to be raped; they could avoid rape if they wanted to.
Myth 3: Women lie about being raped.
Myth 4: Pornography has no effect on mens likelihood to rape.
Child Sexual Abuse
Child Sexual Abuse
trusted adults
Incest
Immediate and Long-term Consequences
The Recovered-Memory/False-Memory Controversy
The Prevention of Sexual Assault and Rape
Individuals Prevention of Rape by Strangers
Precautionsan unjust situation
Fighting back
Training in self-defense
Individuals Prevention of Acquaintance Rape
Avoid sexist and domineering men
Dating safety precautions
Communication
Assertiveness
109 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
The Prevention of Sexual Assault and Rape (continued)
Societys Prevention of Rape
1. Professionals who work with children and adolescents must be alert
for evidence of sexual abuse.
2. Hospitals and medical providers should be sensitive to the emotional
and physical needs of girls and women who have been assaulted.
3. Laws must be reformed so that the legal process is less stressful, less
likely to blame the victim, and more supportive of the victim.
4. Education about rape needs to be improved, beginning in middle
school. Rape-prevention programs must emphasize that men can
control their sexual impulses and that women are must not be blamed
for rape.
5. Mens groups must become more involved in rape prevention.
6. Violence must be less glorified in the media.
7. Rape crisis centers need to receive more funding, so that they can
provide much more extensive education in our communities.
8. Ultimately, our society must direct more attention toward the needs
of women.
Between 20 and 35% of women in the United States and Canada will
experience abuse during their lifetime (1-3 million women each year).
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Social class
Ethnicity
Cultural differences
111 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Characteristics Related to Abusive Relationships (continued)
Personal Characteristics of Male Abusers
Entitlement
Traditional gender roles
Situational factors
Alcohol
The Publics Attitudes About the Abuse of Women
Medias Positive Informative Role
Gender Differences
Cross-Cultural Research
Myths About the Abuse of Women
Myth 1: Abuse is rare.
Myth 2: Men experience as much abuse as women.
Myth 3: Abuse is limited to the lower social classes.
Myth 4: Abuse is much more common among ethnic minority groups than
among European Americans.
Myth 5: Abused women deserve to be beaten and humiliated.
Myth 6: Abused women could easily leave, if they really wanted to.
Reducing Intimate Partner Violence
Therapy
Services for Abused Women
Shelters
Deciding to Leave a Relationship
Crisis point
Children
Societys Response to the Problem of Abuse
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
113 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 14
Older women are more critical than older men about how their
aging bodies look.
People react negatively when one partner is much older than the
other in a lesbian relationship.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
115 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Women are less likely than men to seek information about retirement
benefits before they retire.
Adjusting to Retirement
Individual Differences
Financial Problems
Housework
Professional Identity
Financial Issues
Poverty
Pension Plans
Elderly women in the US have much lower incomes than men do.
More than half of Black and Latina elderly women are living in
poverty.
Women in the US are less likely than men to have private pension
plans, though there are no gender differences in Canada.
Other reasons women have lower incomes than men during old age:
1. Many middle-aged women have unexpected layoffswithout a
source of income.
2. Women are not compensated for their unpaid work in the home.
3. Many women are either divorced or widowed; as a result, they have
limited financial resources. For widows, the husbands health-care
expenses may have depleted the family finances.
4. Women live longer. Compared to men, their total savings must be
spread across a greater number of years.
5. Women are more likely to have chronic illnesses, and the expense of
treatment and medications further decreases their usable income.
116 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Menopause
Physical Changes During Menopause
hot flashes
heavy perspiration
sleep disruption
osteoporosis
vaginal changes
headaches
urinary symptoms
fatigue
HRT increases the risk of heart attacks, strokes, and blood clots
Follow-Up Research
Alternatives
exercise appropriately
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Cross-Cultural Comparisons
118 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
sandwich generation
stress
stereotypes
realities
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
grandmother role
120 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Satisfaction With Life
Paradox of Well-Being
Enjoyable Activities
Successful Aging
121 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 15
Moving Onward . . .
The Future of the Discipline of the Psychology of Women
Womens lives have improved considerably in some areas, yet the
progress is often slow.
The Increasing Number of Women in Psychology
Women earn 73% of all psychology PhD degrees in the United States.
The current gender ratio for psychology faculty members still favors
males.
History
Chicana/o Movement
122 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Black Feminists
gender roles
sexism
ethnic diversity
maladaptive behaviors
Profeminist Approaches
emphasize that strict gender roles can hurt both men and women
examine how gender can constrict mens lives, limiting their full
potential
emphasize that both men and women function best and have the
richest relationships if they can move beyond the traditional
definitions of gender roles
Allies
Organizing Public Actions
123 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Mythopoetic Approaches
All-male gatherings
Religious Approaches
Men should take back their roles as head of the household so that they
can become leaders in their family, church, and community.
Promise Keepers
Essentialism
Women of color comment that their Womens Studies courses help them understand
both gender and ethnicity issues.
Women and men enrolled in Womens Studies courses are significantly more likely
than similar students (enrolled in other courses) to develop a nontraditional attitude
toward gender roles and a strong feminist identity after taking the course.
Women and men equally likely to benefit from these Womens Studies courses.
Womens studies courses enhance self-confidence and a sense of control over ones
life.
Students emphasize that their Womens Studies courses encourage critical thinking.
Womens Studies in Womens Prisons
124 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
The Womens Movement in North America
1830s--The Antislavery Movement
Susan B. Anthony and Elizabeth Cady Stanton
August 26, 1920US Women Win the Right to Vote
The Second Wave of the Womens Movement
1960s Civil Rights and Antiwar Movements
National Action Committee on the Status of Women (NAC)
National Organization for Women (NOW)
Diversity of Womens Issues
Ecofeminism
Communities and Organizations
Wide Range of Viewpoints
Backlash and Misinformation
The Womens Movement Worldwide
The Right to Vote
Women Heads of State
Individual Women
National legislatures
Grassroots Activism
The Global Fund for Women
People in the rest of the world are suffering to make North American lives
more comfortable or more entertaining.
Trafficking
125 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Helping to Change the Future: Becoming an Activist
No one individual can tackle all the problems that women face.
126 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
TEST BANK
CHAPTER 1
Introduction
Page 3
1-1. According to your text, a course in the psychology of women
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 3
1-2. According to the information at the beginning of Chapter 1,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
women in countries such as Afghanistan are actually treated in a less biased fashion
than women in the United States and Canada.
topics such as pregnancy and rape are now a standard part of introductory
psychology textbooks.
psychologists have typically focused on mens experiences when they study topics
such as achievement and retirement.
women in the United States and Canada consistently earn higher salaries than men
if we consider jobs that are traditionally female.
Page 3
1-3. Your textbook contrasts two similar terms, sex and gender. Which of the following
research topics involves the study of sex, rather than gender?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
What do adults think are ideal characteristics for young girls and boys?
How many weeks after conception do the external genitals of boys and girls
develop?
Do people believe that females should be helped more than males?
Do young children rate adult women as being more nurturant than adult men?
127 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 3
1-4. Dr. Chen has conducted a study about whether men and women differ in their honesty
when taking an examination. According to your textbooks discussion of the terms sex
and gender,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 3
1-5. Which of the following statements is correct about the distinction between the words sex
and gender?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Gender refers to biologically based categories, which are either male or female.
Sex refers only to sexual activity, and therefore the term sex chromosomes is not an
appropriate phrase.
Gender refers to social categories and psychological characteristics.
The terms sex and gender are so distinctive that they are rarely confused with each
other in the professional literature.
Page 3
1-6. Your textbook discusses the difference between the words sex and gender. Which of the
following differences is correct?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 4
1-7. Which of the following students has the best understanding of the term, doing gender?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
128 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 4
1-8. According to your textbook, the phrase doing gender means
*a.
b.
c.
d.
expressing our own gender, as well as responding to other people on the basis of
their gender.
conscientiously using the words sex and gender in an appropriate fashion.
doing research that emphasizes gender similarities rather than gender differences.
trying to be gender-fair in situations that would normally encourage gender-based
discrimination.
Page 4
1-9. Suppose that you are trying to explain the phrase doing gender to a high school student.
Which of the following statements would be most accurate?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 4
1-10. Which of the following is an example of sexism?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Your next-door neighbor is saving money for his son to go to college, but he
doesnt think that females should pursue higher education.
A television interviewer addresses a man as Samuel Munson, and she addresses a
woman as Cynthia Harper.
A fabric store hires a man to measure and cut fabric.
A company has an unwritten policy that they will not hire elderly people.
Page 4
1-11. Which of the following statements about sexism is correct?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 4
1-12. A sexist person would be most likely to believe that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 4
1-13. Which of the following examples best illustrates racism?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Counselors who advise young Black women to be clerical workers, but young
Black men to go into business
People who assume that most young Native Americans are alcoholics
Parents of a White college student who encourage their daughter to take courses
about race relations
Black high school teachers who encourage Black students to apply to colleges
where the majority of students are Black, as well as colleges where the majority are
White
Pages 4-5
1-14. Chris is respectful toward his female professors, but he often speaks rudely to the female
secretaries at his college. Chris is most clearly demonstrating
a.
b.
c.
*d.
ableism.
ageism.
sexism.
classism.
Pages 4-5
1-15. Cynthia is very polite to the principal at her daughters school, but she is rude to the
cleaning staff at this school. Cynthia is most clearly demonstrating
a.
b.
*c.
d.
ableism.
ageism.
classism.
sexism.
Page 5
1-16. According to your textbook, the word heterosexism refers to
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 5
1-17. Alicia doesnt seem to be concerned about a woman who just broke up with her lesbian
partner, though she is very concerned about a woman who just broke up with her male
partner. Alicia is most clearly demonstrating
a.
b.
*c.
d.
sexism.
classism.
heterosexism.
cultural feminism.
130 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 5
1-18. According to your textbooks discussion of the ageism, this term
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 4-5
1-19. Which of the following students best describes the role of social biases in the psychology
of women?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 5
1-20. A feminist is a person who believes that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 5
1-21. According to the definition given in your textbook,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
a feminist is someone who believes that women should have privileges that are
denied to men.
men cannot be feminists.
a feminist has a high regard for women and believes that both genders should be
treated similarly.
the research shows that people who refuse to call themselves feminists are highly
unlikely to believe in the principles of feminism.
131 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 6
1-22. Polly believes that feminist goals can be best achieved by passing laws to guarantee
women equal educational and workplace opportunities. Polly represents which approach
to feminism?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
cultural feminism
liberal feminism
radical feminism
women-of-color feminism
Page 6
1-23. Mayra and her feminist friends believe that having more women in world government
positions will decrease the incidence of wars because of womens more peaceful nature.
Mayra represents which approach to feminism?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Cultural feminism
Women-of-color feminism
Liberal feminism
Radical feminism
Page 6
1-24. Andrea works at a local womens shelter and believes that eliminating violence against
women requires major changes in society. Andrea most likely would be considered a
a.
b.
c.
*d.
cultural feminist.
liberal feminist.
women-of-color feminist.
radical feminist.
Page 6
1-25. A student who calls herself a women-of-color feminist is most likely to say,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
A Black woman with a disability has a different kind of life than a White woman
with a disability.
To understand the experiences of women of color, we must first think about White
womens experiences, and then make careful adjustments.
A Black womans experiences are very similar to a Latina womans experiences.
Feminists from all ethnic groups have almost identical ideas about how to improve
the treatment of women.
Page 8
1-26. According to the similarities perspective on gender,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 8
1-27. Suppose that you hear a lecture about gender, and the speaker emphasizes how each
culture creates its own set of ideas about gender. Thus, our current conceptions about
gender are not inevitable. Based on this information, which of the following approaches
is the speaker most likely to support?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Social constructionism
The differences perspective
Cultural feminism
Essentialism
Page 8
1-28. Suppose that a professor is giving a lecture on aging. She says she will approach her topic
from a social constructionist standpoint. This means that she is likely to emphasize that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
our ideas about elderly people are often shaped by myths and stereotypes, rather
than by objective observation of elderly people.
the behavior of elderly people is largely determined by biological processes.
the only way we can know about elderly people is by conducting research using
well-controlled experimental methods.
we should take a practical viewpoint, applying our knowledge to construct helpful
programs for elderly people.
Page 9
1-29. A feminist psychologist who emphasizes the differences perspective on gender is likely
to
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 9
1-30. Several years ago, the wife of a prominent politician argued that women are naturally
attracted to taking care of the home and the family, rather than achieving in the world of
work. Which of the following terms describes this viewpoint?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Social constructionism
Essentialism
Liberal feminism
Radical feminism
133 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 9
1-31. Suppose that you hear a lecture in which the female speaker says, I will be exploring
this topic from an essentialist perspective. Which of the following sentences would you
be most likely to hear?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Women have one characteristic in common with one another: a concern about the
well-being of children.
Gender differences may be large in the workplace but small in personal
interactions.
In the Western hemisphere, people have a view of gender that is very different
from the view in the Eastern hemisphere.
Gender differences are so small that they essentially have no practical
significance.
Page 10
1-32. The discussion of the early origins of the psychology of women pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 10
1-33. The psychologist Helen Thompson Woolley is known for
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 10
1-34. Early studies of gender comparisons in psychology
a.
*b.
c.
d.
134 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 10
1-35. Which statement is correct about the field of psychology of women?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
A strong interest in the psychology of women developed between the 1920s and
1960s.
Despite political interest in women, research on the topic of psychology of women
did not increase until about 1985.
The interest in psychology of women was partly stimulated by the interest in
feminism on college campuses.
From the very beginning, researchers appreciated that the issue of gender was
extremely complex.
Page 10
1-36. During the 1970s,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
books on the psychology of women were actually less available than they had been
in the 1960s.
researchers began to investigate many new questions about the psychology of
women.
researchers realized that the issue of gender was really much more straightforward
than they had previously realized.
most psychologists realized that women had difficulties because their situations
were at fault.
Page 11
1-37. Research on women in the 1970s often explained the small number of women in some
occupations by saying that the problem could be traced to
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 11
1-38. The current approach to the psychology of women is more likely than the approach
during the 1970s to emphasize that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the similarities among women are much greater than the differences between them.
gender differences in salary can best be explained by womens lack of selfconfidence.
the most important distinction among people is gender; other factors such as social
class and ethnic background are relatively unimportant.
gender is an extremely complex topic.
135 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 12
1-39. Currently, the research on the psychology of women
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 12
1-40. Which of the following statements is the best summary of the current status of research in
the psychology of women?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 13
1-41. Which of the following examples does not illustrate the term White privilege, as
discussed by Peggy McIntosh?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
White people can go to a bookstore and count on finding the writing of their race
represented.
White people who take jobs with affirmative action employers do not need to worry
about co-workers suspecting that they got their job because of their race.
A White persons body shape, hair style, or body odor are not generally seen as a
reflection on their race.
White people may not feel safe walking in primarily Black neighborhoods in
locations with low crime rates.
Page 13
1-42. Which of the following students has the most accurate summary of the White-as
normative concept?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Sam: The most effective research on ethnicity has been inspired by noticing how
other ethnic groups differ from the White majority.
Cynthia: When researchers acknowledge the White-as-normative concept, they
appreciate that all other ethnic groups are similar to each other, but quite different
from the White majority.
Scott: The White-as-normative idea means that White is considered to be the
standard in our culture to which other ethnic groups are compared.
Midori: According to the White-as-normative concept, all other ethnic groups
should try to maintain their own customs and beliefs.
136 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 13
1-43. According to the concept of White as normative,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
White people often do not think that they belong to an ethnic group.
Black people frequently compare themselves with White people.
Asian people are more likely than White people to graduate from college.
people from non-White ethnic groups think that all White people look the same.
Pages 14-16
1-44. The discussion of Latinas and Latinos in your textbook points out that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
this ethnic group is currently the second largest in the United States.
Mexican Americans believe that the terms Chicana and Chicano are very racist
because these terms reject a connection with their Mexican heritage.
the term Hispanic should be the preferred term, especially because it emphasizes the
proud historical associations that Hispanic people have with Spain.
the various Latina and Latino groups around North America share very similar
values and cultural customs.
Pages 14-16
1-45. According to your textbooks discussion, Latinas and Latinos in the United States
*a.
b.
c.
d.
are currently the second largest ethnic group; European American people constitute
the largest ethnic group.
are more likely to be Puerto Rican than Mexican.
are highly similar to one another, compared to White people.
typically have little in common except for a family history of speaking Spanish.
Page 16
1-46. According to the current information about ethnic groups,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Blacks are currently the second largest ethnic group in the United States; European
Americans constitute the largest ethnic group.
Blacks are likely to have arrived in the United States more recently than people in
all other ethnic groups.
there is a larger number of well-documented examples of racism for Blacks than for
other ethnic groups.
there is much greater salary discrimination for Blacks than for other ethnic groups.
Page 16
1-47. According to your textbooks discussion of the terms Black and African American, the
term Black is generally considered to be
a.
*b.
c.
d.
a racist term.
a more inclusive, welcoming term.
a more specific term.
an outdated, old-fashioned term.
137 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 17
1-48. According to the discussion about Asian American women,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 17
1-49. According to the discussion of Asian American women in Chapter 1,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Asian American women living in the United States are more likely than European
American women to have completed a bachelors degree.
almost all employed Asian American women have professional careers.
Asian American women are more likely than European American women to be
perceived as natural leaders.
Although Asian Americans come to the United States from many different cultures,
they are highly similar in terms of education and employment patterns.
Page 17
1-50. An important characteristic of Native American and First Nations individuals is that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 15-18
1-51. According to your textbooks discussion of women of color,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the United States currently has more Latina/o residents than Black residents.
people who have recently immigrated to the United States from South America
usually prefer to be called Chicanas or Chicanos.
most Black people in the United States report that they have never experienced
racism.
because Asian Americans are considered the ideal minority group, they seldom
experience stereotyping based on their ethnic group.
138 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 18
1-52. The texts discussion of ethnic groups indicates that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 18
1-53. Which of the following students statements about ethnicity is correct?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Jayne: White men are more visible in the media than White women; however,
Black women are more visible than Black men.
Tareesha: In general, Native Americans and Canadian First Nations people show
less variability than do Asian Americans.
Jim: At present, the United States has more Black residents than Hispanic
residents.
Oleg: When reading research findings about women of color, we need to
remember that each ethnic group actually consists of many smaller subgroups.
Page 18
1-54. The research shows that biracial individuals
*a.
b.
c.
d.
sometimes have an advantage because they can connect with more than one ethnic
community.
typically feel rejected by all ethnic communities.
are considered to be White, even if one parent is from a non-White ethnic
background.
have been studied more than any ethnic group other than Blacks.
Page 18
1-55. The concept called intersectionality means that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
a persons ethnic background is considered more important than his or her gender.
young adults must choose the dimension that is most important to them, for
example, whether gender is more important than social class or sexual orientation.
people belong to many social categories, so a low-income Black woman may have
different experiences from a low-income White woman.
people from only one ethnic category are more likely than biracial people to
experience intersectionality.
139 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 19
1-56. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the discussion
about US-centered nationalism?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Eric: According to this concept, the United States is more likely than other
countries to be very careful in its foreign policy.
Samantha: People who approve of US-centered nationalism are likely to believe
that the United States can make decisions involving another country, but this other
country cannot make decisions involving the United States.
Raquel: We should elect politicians who believe in US-centered nationalism,
because this perspective is especially likely to promote world peace.
Mark: Fortunately, most US residents are aware that other countries in the world
should have the same rights that the United States has.
Page 19
1-57. Which of the following concepts is most similar to the concept of US-centered
nationalism?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 22
1-58. Biases can influence research during the stage in which the hypothesis is formulated
because
*a.
b.
c.
d.
researchers may formulate their hypothesis using previous research that is actually
unrelated to the idea they want to study.
this is the stage in which the interpretation of the data can be biased.
researcher expectancy is particularly likely to operate during this stage.
the formulation stage occurs at the end of the research process, when all these
biases are especially powerful.
Page 22
1-59. What is an operational definition?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
140 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 22
1-60. Your textbook discussed research methods in the area of psychology of women.
According to this discussion, the term operational definition describes
a.
*b.
c.
d.
instructions about how to operate the appropriate equipment that will be used in the
study.
how researchers measure the relevant variables.
specifications about the kinds of people who will participate in the study.
the specific methods that will be used to recruit participants.
Page 22
1-61. Operational definitions
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 22
1-62. Suppose you read in a popular magazine that college males and college females were
asked to rate themselves in terms of how much they help their friends who have
problems. The average score for the females was higher than the average score for the
males. What would you conclude?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Females are more helpful than males, at least in helping their friends.
Other people think that females are more helpful than males.
Researcher expectancy was undoubtedly responsible for the gender difference.
Females report that they help their friends to a greater extent than males report that
they help their friends; however, males and females may not differ in their actual
helpful behaviors.
Pages 22-23
1-63. Suppose that you are looking at your nephews high-school psychology textbook, and it
says that males are more aggressive than females. What would you conclude?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
You would question the operational definition of aggression that the researchers had
used.
You would be fairly confident that the results could not be explained by
confounding variables.
You would be suspicious that the textbook writers focused on the studies that
showed gender similarities, rather than those that showed gender differences.
You would know that the researchers had tested people from at least two ethnic
groups.
141 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 23
1-64. Which of the following statements describes a problem in conducting research about the
psychology of women?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 23
1-65. According to the discussion of research methods, the gender of the researcher who will
conduct a study is especially important because
a.
b.
*c.
d.
male researchers are more likely than female researchers to have biases against the
female participants in the study.
males are more likely than females to read too quickly through the instructions in
the study.
the participants may respond differently to a male researcher, compared to a female
researcher.
male researchers are more likely than female researchers to have a graduate degree
in psychology.
Page 23
1-66. Suppose that a researcher wants to see which gender is most helpful, men or women. The
researcher parks a car with a flat tire on a road and tallies the number of men and women
who stop to help. What would be an example of one confounding variable in this study?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
The men are more likely than women to be familiar with fixing a flat tire.
The gender of the participants cannot be accurately determined.
The operational definition of helping has not been specified with precision.
The results probably depend upon the amount of traffic that passes by.
Page 23
1-67. Suppose that a research group wants to see whether a new educational program has an
effect on childrens bias against children of the other gender. In this study, the
experimental group takes part in an educational program about gender, and the control
group takes part in a different educational program. Which of the following factorsif
truewould most likely be the confounding variable?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
142 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 23
1-68. Imagine that a group of researchers want to determine whether there are gender
differences in peoples definition of an ideal friend. They distributed an identical
questionnaire to females in 2010 and to males in 2011. Which of the following would be
a confounding variable in this study?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 23
1-69. A psychologist wants to compare heterosexual women with lesbian women with respect
to the length of time a love relationship lasts. She decides to compare 100 heterosexual
women who are married with 100 lesbians who are currently in a love relationship.
Without knowing anything more about this study, what might you suspect to be an
important confounding variable?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 24
1-70. How might researcher expectancy be important in research studying whether women
prefer a new method of childbirth preparation to a standard method of childbirth
preparation?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Women tend to prefer a change in procedure, rather than a method that is regarded
as old-fashioned.
The public may expect an established method to be more effective.
The researchers enthusiasm about the new method may influence the womens
responses.
The researcher may expect that the new method will create greater individual
differences in reactions to childbirth.
Page 24
1-71. Researcher expectancy is a problem because
a.
*b.
c.
d.
researchers are much more likely to expect gender differences in cognitive ability
than gender differences in social behavior.
researchers stereotypes may influence the way that the participants respond.
it reduces the probability of finding results that have practical significance.
it reduces the number of confounding variables.
143 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 24
1-72. Which of the following statements is correct regarding expectancy effects in research on
the psychology of women?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
In most cases, careful precautions can make researchers unaware of the gender of
the participants, so that researcher expectancy is less likely to operate.
Although researchers expectancies may influence the results, the participants
expectancies generally have little impact on the results.
Because most of the research in psychology involves people reporting their
reactions to something, participants expectancies usually cannot influence the
results.
Because the researchers have grown up in a stereotyped society, their ratings of
males and females may not be objective.
Page 24
1-73. Suppose that you read about a study in which the results are statistically significant. You
would conclude that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
a group of statisticians inspected the results and concluded that the study had been
carefully conducted.
the differences are likely to have important consequences, outside the research
laboratory.
the results did not appear to have any confounding variables.
the differences between the groups probably did not occur just by chance.
Pages 24-25
1-74. Suppose that you are reading a newspaper article claiming that men and women differ
significantly on a new test of creativity. As you read more closely, you realize that the
males average was 101, one point higher than the females average of 100. What would
you conclude?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 24-25
1-75. Suppose that you read a study in which 5,000 male workers and 5,000 female workers are
asked about the number of days of work they missed last year. Imagine that males miss
an average of 7.2 days and females miss an average of 7.3 days, and the difference is
statistically significant. What would be an important criticism of this study?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Statistical significance is not important when we are considering such large sample
sizes.
The difference probably has no practical significance.
The sample was probably not large enough.
The study was probably very carefully conducted, because those two means are so
similar.
144 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 24-25
1-76. Suppose that some researchers are writing up the results of their study, and they are
reporting their interpretation of the data from an experiment. At this stage, they are likely
to introduce bias if they
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 25
1-77. Imagine that you are reading about a study that showed a positive correlation between
the number of math courses that college women had completed in high school and their
grades in a college course in statistics. You can safely conclude that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
their previous experience with math courses probably prepared them for the
statistics course.
students who completed an above-average number of high school math courses are
likely to earn an above-average grade in a college statistics course.
students who are smart enough to complete many math courses in high school are
likely to be smart enough to good grades in a college statistics course.
students who develop good study habits in high school are likely to use those same
study habits in college.
Page 26
1-78. Which statement is correct regarding how bias can be introduced when research findings
are communicated?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 26
1-79. According to your textbook, a research project should be called gender comparisons in
mathematical ability, instead of gender differences in mathematical ability. The reason
for this preference is that the title gender comparisons
a.
b.
*c.
d.
implies that the researchers have eliminated all possible confounding variables.
implies that the researchers favor cultural feminism, rather than liberal feminism.
focuses on both differences and similarities.
focuses on essentialism rather than on social constructionism.
145 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 26
1-80. Suppose you have just conducted a study about the psychological characteristics of males
and females. If you want to report these findings, which term would be most preferable in
your title?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Gender comparisons
Sex comparisons
Gender differences
Sex differences
Page 26
1-81. According to Chapter 1 of your textbook, newspapers and magazines often provide a
distorted version of the research on gender. Which of the following statements is correct
regarding this issue?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
The media may imply that research conducted on animals can easily be generalized
to humans.
The media rely too much on research, and not enough on womens personal stories.
The media usually represent gender differences as being smaller than they actually
are.
The media emphasize practical significance more than they emphasize statistical
significance.
Page 27
1-82. Imagine that you are reading a popular news magazine, and you discover a headline that
says, Large sex differences found in math test scores. Which of the following would be
the best way to adopt a critical-thinking approach to this article?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 27
1-83. Critical thinking about research in the psychology of women requires
a.
b.
*c.
d.
trying to make certain that the research has the maximum possible number of
confounding variables.
being confident that the results are consistent with your own personal experiences.
considering alternative interpretations.
making sure that the results of the research match the researchers original
hypotheses.
146 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 27
1-84. Which of the following is not a requirement of the critical thinking approach to research
on the psychology of women?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 27
1-85. One of the challenges to persuading people to think critically about information on
gender is that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 28-29
1-86. What is one general conclusion in your textbook, concerning psychological gender
comparisons?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 29
1-87. Theme 1 in your textbook emphasizes that psychological gender differences are relatively
small. One implication of this theme is that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 29
1-88. Researchers are especially likely to discover gender similarities when
a.
b.
c.
*d.
147 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 29
1-89. Which kind of situation is likely to encourage the finding that the genders are
psychologically similar?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 29
1-90. Imagine that a group of psychologists is conducting research on aggressiveness. The
gender differences are likely to be the largest when
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 29
1-91. Generally, gender differences are most likely to be found when
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 29
1-92. Which of the following journal titles examines gender as a subject variable, as opposed to
gender as a stimulus variable?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 29
1-93. If a study finds that people respond significantly differently to women than they do to
men, we could conclude that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
148 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 29
1-94. Suppose that researchers want to see whether people judge baby boys to be smarter than
baby girls. These researchers are focusing on
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 30
1-95. A speaker at a lunch for owners of small businesses says to the audience, Heres a story
you can tell your wives. This situation would be an example of
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 30
1-96. Which of the following is an example of androcentrism?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
The advertisements for dishwasher detergents show more women than men doing
the dishes.
There are more television programs about Blacks than about Latinas/os.
People are likely to believe in gender differences, even for characteristics that show
gender similarities.
When doctors are deciding whether a person has a medical problem, they use a list
of symptoms that are usually found in men, rather than in women.
Page 30
1-97. If a psychology professor says that a textbook is androcentric, you would be likely to
see
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 30-31
1-98. What does your textbook conclude about how women differ from one another?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
149 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 31
1-99. Imagine that you have conducted your own research on gender comparisons, and you find
that the females vary widely from one another; the males also show wide variation. Your
statistical analysis is likely to conclude that the
*a.
b.
c.
d.
150 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 2
Pages 36-37
2-2. Which of the following is the best example of a gender stereotype (rather than some other
form of gender bias)?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
An accounting firm has an unwritten policy that the more challenging projects
should be given to men instead of women.
A friend believes that women are not aggressive enough to be good politicians.
A neighbor says that he doesnt like female science teachers.
A clerk at a store ignored two women who were standing in line, and he started
helping a man who was behind them in line.
Pages 36-37
2-3. Imagine that your uncle believes men are better drivers than women. This would be an
example of
*a.
b.
c.
d.
a gender stereotype.
gender discrimination.
heterosexism.
gender prejudice.
151 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 37
2-4. Suppose that a high school student says, I dont know why, but I just dont like old
ladies. This comment is an example of
*a.
b,
c.
d.
prejudice.
discrimination.
a stereotype.
benevolent sexism.
Page 37
2-5. Suppose that you know an individual who refused to hire a woman for a jobsimply on
the basis of her gender. This would be an example of
a.
b.
*c.
d.
prejudice.
a stereotype.
discrimination.
the social cognitive approach.
Page 37
2-6. Suppose that you hear about a chemistry department that did not give a promotion to a
female faculty member because of her gender. Based on the discussion at the beginning
of Chapter 2, this kind of bias would be called
*a.
b.
c.
d.
discrimination.
prejudice.
stereotyping.
benevolent sexism.
Page 37
2-7. Which of the following four termsdiscussed in Chapter 2is the most general?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
bias
stereotype
prejudice
discrimination
Page 38
2-8. Which of the following statements about the early history of women is the most accurate?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
According to the current ideas about prehistoric humans, women provided most of
the food.
Contrary to prior beliefs about the Renaissance, women were actually encouraged
to become artists.
Women were forbidden to have any religious duties until the middle of the 15th
century.
During the classical Greek era, philosophers were actually very positive about
womens mental abilities.
152 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 38
2-9. Which of the following statements is correct about gender bias in history?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Women did not make any contributions in art, religion, or government until about
1850.
Women artists usually expressed themselves in art forms that were less durable and
long-lasting than mens art forms.
Women were excluded from religious leadership until after 1000 A.D.
History books have traditionally done an accurate job in conveying information
about womens lives.
Page 38
2-10. Which of the following students most accurately represents womens role in history?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Indira: In prehistoric times, men provided the majority of the diet through hunting;
however, women sometimes gathered vegetables and grains to supplement the
diet.
Corazn: History books have traditionally focused on womens work in the home,
even though women were also participating in government and the arts.
Theresa: Many people dont know that women played important roles in the early
church. For example, women often presided over monasteries before the 9th century
A.D.
Artemesia: With relatively few exceptions, women didnt express themselves
artistically until the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
Page 39
2-11. Which of the following philosophers and political figures wrote about women in a way
that would be most admired by feminists?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Jean-Jacques Rousseau
Napoleon Bonaparte
John Stuart Mill
Aristotle
Page 39
2-12. According to the story of Adam and Eve in the Bible,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
153 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 39-40
2-13. Chapter 2 discussed images of women in religion and mythology. According to this
discussion,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
both Jews and Christians believe that God created women and men to be equally
valued.
women are most often portrayed as different from men, but in a positive way.
non-Christian religions typically present relatively positive images of women.
the number of female clergy in Protestant denominations is increasing.
Page 40
2-14. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the
treatment of women in the Islamic religion?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Jenny: One of the core beliefs of the Islamic religion is that men are superior to
women.
Mike: Muhammad pointed out that women and men should be treated the same
way.
Raye: Muhammad clearly believed that women were inferior to men, and the
treatment of women has actually improved since then.
Bennett: The Islamic religion varies little from culture to culture, because this
religion follows Muhammads teachings very carefully.
Page 40
2-15. Which of the following statements is correct about women in religion and mythology?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Most modern religions other than Christianity specify that women were created
before men.
In Christianity, men and women have similar importance.
The Jewish religion does not make an important distinction between men and
women.
Eastern religions, like Western religions, include negative views of women.
Page 40
2-16. Which of the following students provides the best summary of women in mythology and
religion?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Lilith: Women are almost exclusively portrayed as being evil, scheming against
their husbands and other men.
Naomi: Women are almost exclusively portrayed as being kind and nurturant to
their husbands and children.
Ruth: Women are seen so seldom in mythology and religion that we cannot draw
any conclusions about the way they are portrayed.
Mary: Women are portrayed in a different fashion from men, sometimes evil and
sometimes extremely virtuous.
154 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 40
2-17. Which of the following students provides the best summary about the representation of
women in religion and myth?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 41
2-18. When we examine the representation of women in language, what can we conclude about
terms used for women and men?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
The female member of a pair of words often has a more negative connotation than
the male member of the pair.
Men are more likely than women to be referred to with infantilizing terms.
Men and women are usually referred to with different, but parallel terms.
Women are assumed to be the norm, whereas special terms are used for men.
Page 41
2-19. Terms used for women and men differ in which of the following respect(s)?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
The two kinds of terms are often not parallel because the male term may be
prefaced by the word man or the word male.
The male member of a pair of items is typically more negative than the female
member.
Terms for women are more likely to be negative, compared to terms for men.
Terms for women are more general and inclusive, compared to terms for men.
Page 41
2-20. What is a major problem with masculine generic terms?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 41-42
2-21. Studies on the masculine generic show that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
people usually understand that the term he can refer to both males and females.
men believe that he refers to both males and females, whereas women believe that
he refers only to males.
most undergraduates understand that a phrase such as prehistoric man really refers
to both men and women.
in general, people understand that the term he refers to males, rather than to both
males and females.
155 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 41-42
2-22. Suppose that an English teacher tells you that she thinks it is ridiculous to try to avoid
using forms like man to refer to both males and females. Your most informed response
would be:
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Youre right, because people now understand that man actually includes both men
and women.
Youre right, because people dont even notice the difference between a term like
man and a gender-neutral term like person.
Youre right, because research has shown that it is extremely difficult to teach
people to use gender-neutral terms.
Youre wrong, because masculine-generic terms actually encourage people to
think about males, rather than females.
Pages 42-43
2-23. Your text describes in some detail a study by Gastil in which participants reported the
mental images evoked by sentences. This research found that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
males reported more male images than female images when responding to sentences
containing he, but females showed no pronoun effect.
females reported more male images for the he sentences than males did.
both males and females reported an equal number of male and female images when
responding to sentences containing they.
masculine generic terms produced more thoughts about males than did genderneutral terms.
Page 43
2-24. A study by Briere and Lanktree was described in Chapter 2. This study compared
students reactions to either a neutral or a masculine generic version of a description
about psychologists. This study demonstrated that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
psychology was viewed as being a less attractive career for women when the
masculine generic was used.
men judged psychology as being less attractive for themselves when the gender
neutral version was used.
few people were influenced by the nature of the description.
most women remarked that they were offended by the use of the masculine generic.
156 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 41-43
2-25. Suppose that a friend of yours says, The problem with feminists is that they make a big
deal about little things, like you have to say chairperson rather than chairman. After
reading about the masculine generic issue in Chapter 2, your most informed response
would be:
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Actually, feminists no longer complain about the language issue, because they are
now concerned about more important things.
According to the research, people now believe that words like chairman really are
gender neutral.
According to the research, people do not consider words like chairman to be
gender neutral.
Despite all the research, people are still using gender-biased language just as often
as they did 30 years ago.
Page 45
2-26. Research on women in the media has demonstrated that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
men are much more likely than women to provide the voice-overs for
advertisements.
although women are often absent from television programs, they are seen just as
often as men in television advertisements.
women are rarely shown doing housework in advertisements.
men are somewhat more likely than women to be shown in a decorative function
in an advertisement.
Page 45
2-27. In most respects, advertisements in magazines and on TV probably show a distorted
picture of reality. In what area are these ads realistic?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
They show women working outside the home to the same extent that they do in
reality.
They show women doing housework to the same extent that they do in reality.
They often show women volunteering and doing other nonpaid activities.
They often show women doing clerical work, rather than in nontraditional
professions.
Page 46
2-28. In what way are women and men represented differently in the media?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
An article about a prominent man is more likely than an article about a prominent
woman to discuss the persons clothing.
Women are likely to be shown moving away from men, whereas men seldom move
away from women.
In an attempt to reduce stereotypes, the media have actually begun to portray
women as being more aggressive than men.
Women are more likely than men to be shown in a reclining body position.
157 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 46-47
2-29. According to the discussion of women of color and the media,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 47
2-30. According to the discussion of social class and the media,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
low-income people are more likely to be shown in talk shows, rather than in primetime television.
low-income women are presented in an overly positive way, with homes and
furniture they would not be able to afford.
the media are actually fairly accurate in showing that financial problems make it
difficult for low-income women to raise children.
during the current decade, low-income people have been portrayed in a positive
fashion.
Page 48
2-31. Which of the following students provides the most accurate understanding about the
relationship between the media in our culture and the reality that we experience?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Patrick: The media simply reflect reality, and they do not really change peoples
attitudes.
Joannie: The media dont really represent reality very accurately; however,
they actually can change peoples attitudes.
Emmanuel: The media reflect reality, and they also change peoples attitudes.
Marina: Surprisingly, the media do not reflect reality, and they also do not
substantially change peoples attitudes.
Page 48
2-32. Chapter 2 discusses gender stereotypes in the media. In general, the research shows that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the media actually have only limited effects on our attitudes about other people.
exposure to gender-stereotyped advertisements can increase our recognition and
recall for other stereotyped information
women are much more likely than men to be influenced by stereotypes in the
media.
media stereotypes have a major effect on childrens thinking, but very little effect
on adults thinking.
158 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 50
2-33. Which of the following characteristics would fit into the category called communion,
which was discussed in connection with gender stereotypes?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 51-52
2-34. Chapter 2 discussed a study by Niemann and her colleagues that focused on North
American college students stereotypes about men and women from different ethnic
groups. Based on this study, we can conclude that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the gender stereotypes varied enormously, depending on which ethnic group was
doing the rating.
stereotypes about women were consistently more negative than stereotypes about
men, across the four ethnic groups.
peoples stereotypes about men and women differed greatly from each other only
when they were judging European Americans.
stereotypes about men and women often depend upon the targets ethnic group.
Page 52
2-35. Suppose that you are reading a journal article about gender and social class. The author of
this article emphasizes that the experiences of a wealthy woman are very different from
the experiences of a low-income women, even though both of them are female. This
author is emphasizing the concept called
a.
*b.
c.
d.
androgyny.
intersectionality.
implicit gender stereotypes.
stereotype threat.
Pages 52-53
2-36. Studies of stereotypes demonstrate that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
159 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 52-53
2-37. Chapter 2 examines several subject variables that could influence peoples gender
stereotypes. According to this discussion,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 53
2-38. Which of the following students best understands the research on cross-cultural studies
about gender stereotypes?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Salvadora: North American women hold much less stereotyped views about
women than do women from other countries.
Andr: Research finds very large differences among countries in terms of their
gender stereotypes.
Devon: People in different cultures share fairly similar gender stereotypes.
Akeem: North American women have more stereotyped views than women from
other cultures, but North American men have less stereotyped views than men from
other cultures.
Pages 53-54
2-39. Suppose that you are participating in a study about word associations conducted by a
team of researchers. You know that the study has something to do with ideas about
gender, but the researchers never actually ask you to rate men and women. This study is
probably testing
a.
b.
c.
*d.
hostile sexism.
benevolent sexism.
explicit gender stereotypes.
implicit gender stereotypes.
Page 53
2-40. The best example of an implicit gender stereotype would be a stereotype that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
160 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 53-54
2-41. Nosek and his coauthors used the Implicit Association Test to measure peoples gender
stereotypes. Their research showed that people
a.
b.
*c.
d.
have strong implicit gender stereotypes because their ratings for males and females
were very different from each other.
have weak implicit gender stereotypes because their ratings for males and females
were very similar to each other.
have strong implicit gender stereotypes because they responded relatively quickly
when the pairings were consistent with stereotypes (e.g., males were paired with
math); they responded slowly when the pairings were inconsistent (e.g. females
were paired with math).
have weak implicit gender stereotypes because they responded quickly when the
pairings were inconsistent with stereotypes (e.g., females were paired with math);
they responded equally quickly when the pairings were consistent (e.g., males were
paired with math).
Page 55
2-42. Which of the following statements is correct regarding attitudes towards the competence
of women?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 55
2-43. Based on the information in Chapter 2 about attitudes towards womens competence,
which of the following situations is most likely to show devaluation of women?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 55
2-44. Under which of the following conditions is a woman least likely to be devalued, relative
to a man?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
161 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 56
2-45. When college students were asked to rate men and women on scales such as pleasantunpleasant, the results indicated that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 55-56
2-46. According to current research, people typically think that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 58
2-47. Which of the following statements is the best example of benevolent sexism, as defined
by Glick and Fiskes Ambivalent Sexism Inventory?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 58
2-48. Which of the following statements is the best example of hostile sexism, as defined by
Glick and Fiskes Ambivalent Sexism Inventory?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 58
2-49. People demonstrate ambivalent sexism if they
*a.
b.
c.
d.
162 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 58
2-50. Cross-cultural research by Glick and Fiske examined the Ambivalent Sexism Inventory.
According to this research,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
in countries with low gender equality, the respondents tended to be high in hostile
sexism but low in benevolent sexism.
in countries with low gender equality, the respondents tended to be low in hostile
sexism but high in benevolent sexism.
in the United States, men scored higher on the hostile sexism scale, but women
scored higher on the benevolent sexism scale.
in the United States, men scored higher than women on both benevolent and hostile
sexism.
Page 59
2-51. Suppose that a group of men and women are working together in pairs, some in samegender pairs and some in male-female pairs. Based on the research of Lott, which of the
following people would be most likely to respond negatively to his or her partner?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 59-60
2-52. Researchers have examined gender discrimination in North American college students.
According to this research,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
men and women actually experience the same amount of gender discrimination.
White women experience gender discrimination, but women from other ethnic
groups do not.
women from several ethnic groups experience sexist remarks and other forms of
gender discrimination.
women may experience gender discrimination, but most women consider these
remarks to be trivial.
Pages 59-60
2-53. Suppose that a friend says to you, Discrimination against women really doesnt occur
anymore. Your best response, based on the research by Swim and her colleagues, would
be:
a.
b.
c.
*d.
You are correct; in fact men now experience more discrimination than women do.
You are partly correct; White women no longer experience discrimination, but
women of color do encounter discrimination.
You are partly correct; women still hear sexually suggestive comments, but other
kinds of discrimination rarely occur.
You are not correct; women actually experience sexist behavior and remarks at least
once a week.
163 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 60-61
2-54. According to the current usage, a bias against lesbians, gays, bisexuals, or any group that
is not exclusively heterosexual is known as
a.
b.
*c.
d.
sexism.
androcentrism.
heterosexism.
homophobia.
Pages 60-61
2-55. Which of the following examples does not illustrate heterosexism?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Addressing an invitation to Jane and guest and assuming that Jane will bring a
man to the event
Yelling fag at a man with feminine features
Beating up someone because you think the person is lesbian or gay
An executive in a corporation telling the employees that they can invite their
significant other to the holiday party
Page 61
2-56. Which of the following is an example of institutional heterosexism?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
A company that doesnt allow employees to keep pictures of their romantic partners
(lesbian, gay, or straight) on their desks.
An insurance plan that offers benefits to same-gender partners.
No federal laws prohibit employment discrimination against people because of their
sexual orientation.
A housing development that has a policy that only two people can live in each
dwelling.
Pages 61-62
2-57. Which of the following students indicates the best understanding of the factors related to
heterosexism?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Candace: Surprisingly, young people show more heterosexism than older people
do.
Barney: Men have more negative attitudes towards homosexual individuals than
women do.
Ellen: Women are more negative than men in their attitudes towards homosexual
individualsespecially gay males.
Harvey: Heterosexist attitudes are so widespread that both political liberals and
conservatives are equally likely to be heterosexist.
164 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 61-62
2-58. According to research about heterosexism,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
men have more negative attitudes toward lesbians and gay males than women do.
people tend to be just as negative about lesbians as they are about gay males.
students who have just graduated from college show the same degree of
heterosexism as first-year college students.
heterosexist attitudes are not correlated with racist attitudes.
Pages 61-62
2-59. Which of the following judgments would usually be the highest in heterosexism?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 64
2-60. According to the social cognitive approach to stereotypes,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
people tend to lump together men and women into the same category.
people must use considerable processing time before they decide whether an
individual is a male or a female.
people tend to split the world into two categories on the basis of a persons gender.
stereotypes are created in order to discriminate against certain classes of people.
Pages 64-65
2-61. The social cognitive approach to stereotypes was discussed in some detail. Your
neighbor, Mr. Walker, believes that men and women are very different from each other.
The social cognitive approach would explain this belief by arguing that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
we have all been conditioned to believe that gender differences are substantial.
when we categorize people into two groups, we tend to exaggerate the difference
between the groups.
we learn to believe in gender differences by imitating models, either other people
we know or people we see represented in the media.
a belief in gender differences is innate or inborn in humans.
Pages 64-65
2-62. According to the social cognitive approach to stereotypes, people may have a tendency
toward gender polarization. This means that they
a.
b.
*c.
d.
165 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 65
2-63. Which of the following students statements would be the best example of the normative
male concept?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 65
2-64. A psychology professor is conducting research on the normative male. Which of the
following would be the most likely topic for this research?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Are people more biased against elderly women than elderly men?
When people hear a word such as student or citizen, do they think about men
more often than women?
Who is more likely to have psychological problems, women or men?
Are gender differences larger in mathematical skills or in language skills?
Pages 65-66
2-65. According to the research on peoples judgments about men and women,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
people rarely judge men and women differently in the current era.
people now assume that women political candidates are actually more competent
than male candidates in areas such as national security and the economy.
people are most likely to use stereotypes if they are busy working on another task at
the same time.
people usually favor a male candidate, even when it is clear that a woman is wellqualified for a job.
Page 66
2-66. When people are asked to judge why males and females have been successful on a task,
they are likely to say that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
males have been successful because of good luck, whereas females have been
successful because of high ability.
both males and females have been successful because of a combination of ability
and hard work.
males have been successful because they cheated, whereas females have been
successful because the task was easy.
males have been successful because of high ability, whereas females have been
successful because they tried hard.
166 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 66
2-67. One possible practical consequence of peoples attributions for womens and mens
performances is that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 66
2-68. Suppose that a high school math teacher is trying to determine why Anna has the highest
grade in trigonometry. Which of the following attributions is the teacher most likely to
make?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 66-67
2-69. According to the discussion of stereotypes and memory, we are most likely to remember
gender-consistent characteristics when
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 66-67
2-70. In which of the following situations are we most likely to recall stereotype-consistent
material?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 66-67
2-71. Which of the following would be most likely to be a research topic for a person interested
in a social cognitive approach to stereotypes?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Are people with extensive education less stereotyped than those with less
education?
Do parents reinforce their children for expressing either stereotyped or
nonstereotyped beliefs?
Are people better at recalling gender-consistent or gender-inconsistent information?
Do children imitate stereotyped behaviors that are shown by adult models?
167 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 67
2-72. Why are self-fulfilling prophecies relevant to stereotypes?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
People tend to make predictions about their own behavior and then act in the exact
opposite way.
Like stereotypes, self-fulfilling prophecies tend to separate concepts into two
distinct areas.
We use self-fulfilling prophecies to make career decisions based on stereotypes.
We tend to behave in a way that is consistent with other peoples gender
stereotypes.
Page 67
2-73. Imagine that an article has just been published; it claims that girls score lower than boys
on a test of logical reasoning. If parents convey these expectations to their sons and
daughters, and the children actually act according to these beliefs, one possible
explanation for these findings is
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 67-68
2-74. Suppose that a woman is about to take a chemistry exam, and the professor has just been
saying that men earned higher scores on previous chemistry exams. If the females do
indeed receive lower scores on this exam, a possible explanation would be
*a.
b.
c.
d.
stereotype threat.
heterosexism.
androgyny.
androcentrism.
Pages 67-68
2-75. Which of the following is the best example of the term stereotype threat?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
A teenage girl realizes that she does not need to conform to the North American
standards of beauty.
A teenage boy worries that he wont be able to take good care of his infant niece
because his friends recently told him that boys have no clue how to handle babies.
A male college graduate says he knows that women can be good at math, but he
doesnt really believe this.
When making judgments about an acquaintance, a female college graduate
remembers more gender-consistent information than gender-inconsistent
information.
168 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 67-68
2-76. Shih and her colleagues studied how Asian American college women performed on a
difficult math test. Their results showed that the participants performed best if
*a.
b.
c.
d.
they had been reminded about their ethnicity before taking the test.
they had been reminded about their gender before taking the test.
they had been reminded about both their ethnicity and their gender before taking the
test.
they had received no reminder before taking the test.
Pages 68-69
2-77. People who are androgynous
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 68-69
2-78. Which of the following statements about androgyny is correct?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 68-69
2-79. One of the problems with the concept of androgyny is that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
169 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 69
2-80. Which of the following students has the most accurate understanding about the
internalization of gender stereotypes?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Shirin: Neither males nor females believe that they have characteristics that are
typical of their own gender.
Sam: The social setting influences whether people say that they would act in a
stereotypical fashion.
Abdul: People tend to have a consistent gender identity that persists in a wide
variety of social settings.
Lucia: Contrary to expectations, men are likely to incorporate feminine
characteristics; women seldom incorporate masculine characteristics.
Page 70
2-81. The last part of Chapter 2 described a study in which US students were asked to rate a list
of personal traits in terms of its importance in their life. The list of 10 most important
traits showed that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
170 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 3
does not begin until the child is about 1 year old and has developed basic language
skills.
includes childrens behaviors and skills that are related to gender.
refers to the babys gender assignment at birth.
refers to the sex chromosomes that determine whether the baby will be male or
female.
Page 75
3-2. Which of the following statements about gender typing is correct?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
The major portion of gender typing occurs during the prenatal period.
Gender typing is a kind of medical test that is done on a persons chromosomes to
determine biological sex.
An example of gender typing would be a 2-year-old boy who prefers to play with a
ball, rather than a doll.
Gender typing is the process by which a surgeon adjusts an individuals genitals so
that they are consistent with his or her biological sex.
Page 75
3-3. Five-year-old Sandra knows that she is a girl, that girls are not supposed to get dirty, and
that she wants to be an astronaut, even though most astronauts are not women. This
information is all relevant to the concept known as
a.
b.
c.
*d.
a stereotype.
modeling.
social constructionism.
gender typing.
171 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 76
3-4. Which of the following statements about chromosomes is correct?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 76
3-5. At conception,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 76
3-6. In the first six weeks after conceptionduring typical prenatal developmentmales and
females differ in their
a.
b.
*c.
d.
gonads.
internal reproductive systems.
chromosomes.
hormones.
Page 76
3-7. In typical prenatal development,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the same two sets of ducts develop into a female reproductive system in females
and a male reproductive system in males.
the sex glands (gonads) of males and females look substantially different from each
other within 2 weeks after conception.
Mllerian ducts are transformed into the female reproductive system by the
presence of androgen.
the reproductive system develops only during the final month of gestation.
Page 76
3-8. In typical prenatal development,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
male embryos look very different from female embryos, beginning 2 weeks after
conception.
prenatal hormone levels are very different for males and females, beginning 1
month after conception.
the internal reproductive system develops prior to the external genitals.
almost all components of the reproductive system develop during the last 6 weeks
before birth.
172 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 76
3-9. Which of the statements about typical prenatal development is correct?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Female and male embryos are very similar during the first weeks of prenatal
development.
Shortly after conception, the genitals of females and males look different.
Male and female genitals develop at about 612 weeks after conception, and the
two types of genitals are formed out of very different embryological structures.
Male genitals develop at about 4 weeks after conception. Female genitals develop at
about 12 weeks after conception.
Page 77
3-10. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about typical
prenatal development in females?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Alissa: If the fetus has a high level of androgen, a clitoris will develop.
Dorota: Researchers know more about male development than female
development.
Sergei: In female development, the genetic sex of a fetus is determined at
conception; in male development, the genetic sex is determined at about 6 weeks
after conception.
Johnny: The fetus generally develops into a male unless one of the female
hormones is present.
Page 77
3-11. The term intersexed individual refers to
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 79
3-12. When an infant is born with congenital adrenal hyperplasia,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 77
3-13. People who have androgen-insensitivity syndrome
a.
*b.
c.
d.
173 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 79
3-14. When an intersexed infant is born in the United States,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
most people manage to accept that the infant does not need to fit into either the
female or the male category.
physicians are typically androcentric, so they almost always recommend surgery to
create the standard male genitals.
physicians usually recommend surgery so that the external genitals look more like
either the standard male genitals or the standard female genitals.
most parents prefer to postpone surgery until the child is old enough to choose
either a male or a female identity.
Page 79
3-15. According to the discussion of atypical prenatal development,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
almost all intersexed individuals request surgery to make their external genitals
consistent with their sex chromosomes.
all infants are either male or female at birth, because hormonal and internal
reproductive systems that have been atypical early in prenatal development will
adjust themselves during the month prior to birth.
many adult intersexuals emphasize that intersexed children should not be forced
into either a male or a female gender category.
when a more careful examination is performed on an infant originally classified as
an intersexual, that infant can be clearly categorized as either male or female.
Page 80
3-16. Which statement is correct about North American parents stated preferences for a
newborn?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
The clear majority of both men and women want a boy as their first child.
Parents are particularly likely to want a boy as their last child.
Fathers are more likely than mothers to want a boy as their last child.
In the earlier research, parents clearly preferred boys; in more recent studies,
parents express no clear-cut gender preferences.
Page 80
3-17. Which of the following students provides the best summary of the research regarding
North American parents preferences about the sex of their first-born child?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
James: Even though we are in the 21st century, parents in North America still say
that they would prefer to have a boy, rather than a girl.
Daisuke: Parents may say that they have no preferences, but the birth
announcements in the newspapers express more pride if the child is a boy.
Isidro: No research has been conducted on this topic since 1995, so we do not have
recent information about sex preferences.
Lucie: Parents actually have no sex preferences, based on both their stated
preferences and the amount of pride shown in announcements.
174 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 80
3-18. When we compare different countries with respect to their preference for male babies, we
find that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
people in Canada have even stronger preferences for sons than do people in the
United States.
gender preferences are unpredictable; for example, females are preferred in India,
but males are preferred in China.
North America is the exception; in most countries, people typically are neutral
about whether their child will be a boy or a girl.
some Asian countries practice selective abortion, so that many more males are born
than females.
Page 80
3-19. Your textbook discussed parents preferences about their childs gender. This research
outside North America shows that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
in India, when a sonogram shows that the fetus is female, mothers often request an
abortion.
in China, girls are favored, so that there are many more girls than boys in the
current population.
boys are favored in Asia, but girls are favored in Latin America and the Middle
East.
parents preferences about gender are remarkably similar in all cultures studied so
far.
Page 80
3-20. Your textbook discussed information regarding parents preferences about the sex of their
children, outside North America. This information suggested that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
in some parts of Asia, parents now prefer to have girls, because the bride prices
are now quite high.
surprisingly, parents in other parts of the world are now more likely than North
Americans to state that they have no gender preferences.
the sex preferences around the world are actually fairly similar, with the majority
preferring to have girls.
in China, the rate of selective abortion is so high that many Chinese men will not be
able to find a woman to marry.
Pages 81-82
3-21. When parents are asked about their newborn babies,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 81-82
3-22. The study by Karraker and her coauthors asked parents to rate their newborn sons and
daughters. The results showed that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the infants gender did not substantially influence the parents judgments.
parents tended to think that sons were stronger and larger featured than daughters.
mothers made a bigger distinction between sons and daughters than fathers did.
fathers made a bigger distinction between sons and daughters than mothers did.
Pages 81-82
3-23. Your textbook describes a study in which parents rated their newborn child on a variety
of dimensions. The results showed that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
parents of newborn girls rated their daughters as being somewhat more delicate,
compared to parents of newborn boys.
on every tested dimension, there were very large differences between the ratings of
daughters and the ratings of sons.
surprisingly, parents rated their daughters and their sons as being equally feminine.
parents actually rated their daughters and their sons as being similar on all the tested
dimensions.
Page 82
3-24. According to the research on how a stranger responds to infant girls and boys,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
boys and girls act very differently; these different behaviors produce different
responses from caregivers.
an infants label, boy or girl, may influence peoples judgments about that infant.
gender labels are more likely to influence adults judgments of personality
characteristics than their social interactions.
people treat boys and girls similarly until they are about 2 or 3 years old.
Page 82
3-25. Imagine that a friend of yours has just had a baby girl. Based on the material in Chapter
3, the greeting cards she receives following the birth announcement will be likely to
emphasize
a.
b.
c.
*d.
176 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 82
3-26. Suppose that you cannot figure out whether a baby you see in the grocery store is female
or male. Then the father calls her Emily. Suddenly, its obvious that the baby is a girl,
because she looks gentle and feminine. The explanation that best accounts for your
reaction is called
*a.
b.
c.
d.
social constructionism.
modeling.
essentialism.
androgyny.
Page 82
3-27. The social constructionist view is best supported by the finding that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 82
3-28. Suppose that you meet an infant who is dressed in gender-neutral clothing, and the
infants father tells you that the infant is named Robert. The social constructionist
perspective would argue that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 83
3-29. The theory of gender typing that emphasizes how children learn gender-related behaviors
is known as
a.
b.
c.
*d.
psychoanalytic theory.
essentialism.
evolutionary psychology.
social learning theory.
177 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 83
3-30. Social learning theory proposes that gender typing results because
*a.
b.
c.
d.
children are rewarded for gender-appropriate behavior and punished for genderinappropriate behavior.
children learn about gender through conversations with their peers.
gender is a relevant schema in our culture.
chromosomes and hormones inevitably lead to gender-consistent behavior.
Pages 83-84
3-31. Suppose that you talk to a young mother who tells you that she believes her daughter
Sarah is feminine because everyone praises her for feminine actions and because she
imitates the women she sees on TV. This mothers explanation is most like the
__________ theory.
a.
*b.
c.
d.
psychoanalytic
social learning
cognitive developmental
social constructionist
Pages 83-84
3-32. According to social learning theory,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the only way girls learn how to act feminine is by receiving rewards for feminine
behavior.
the imitation of gender-typed behavior explains a major part of a young girls
feminine behavior.
children typically learn all gender-typed behavior by trial and error.
children imitate a person of the other gender more than a person of the same gender.
Page 84
3-33. Four-year-old Emily has been watching a cartoon show in which Dora the Explorer
rescues a rare bird that is covered with thick mud. Later on, Emilys parents see that
Emily is playing with her toy animals, and she is rescuing several of them from
dangerous situations. Emilys behavior could best be explained by
a.
b.
*c.
d.
intersectionality.
rewards and punishments..
modeling.
the psychodynamic approach.
178 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 84
3-34. Cognitive developmental theory
a.
b.
*c.
d.
is primarily based on the idea that children learn gender typing by a series of
rewards and punishments.
emphasizes that modeling is especially important in the acquisition of gender
typing.
emphasizes childrens own roles in the acquisition of gender roles.
emphasizes that the media are more important than parents in childrens acquisition
of gender typing.
Page 84
3-35. According to the discussion of gender schemas,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
children organize information and attitudes about gender, based on their culture.
the school system is the primary source for childrens information about gender.
gender schemas are learned through rewards and punishments.
androgynous children develop gender schemas, but children with strong gender
typing do not.
Page 84
3-36. Chapter 3 discussed the cognitive developmental approach to explain childrens
acquisition of gender typing. One example of this approach is that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
parents are likely to praise boysrather than girlsfor their athletic performance.
children tend to develop schemas, which organize their thoughts about females and
males.
children watch peers, and they are more likely to imitate children of the same
gender, rather than children of the other gender.
sex hormones and other biological factors are especially important in shaping
childrens gender typing.
Page 85
3-37. According to cognitive developmental theory, gender identity refers to childrens
a.
b.
*c.
d.
179 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 85
3-38. Which of the following people provides the best summary of theories about gender
development?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 85
3-39. According to your textbooks discussion of theoretical explanations, childrens
psychological gender development is mostly determined by
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 85
3-40. Which of the following students provides the best information about theories of gender
development?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Adam: Childrens gender-related behaviors are more important than their thoughts
about gender.
Sarah: Before the age of 5, childrens thoughts about gender are more important
than their gender-typed behavior. After 5, their behavior is more important than
their thoughts.
Mylene: Childrens gender schemas turn out to be more important than any of the
other mechanisms for explaining gender development.
Rick: Childrens thoughts and behavior related to gender are both important
factors in explaining gender development.
180 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 87
3-41. Which of the following students has the best overview of the research on parents
stereotyped behavior toward their infants and children?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Kyoko: Parents treat infants according to gender stereotypes, but they show
somewhat less stereotyping once they appreciate their childrens own special
characteristics.
Alexander: Parents show little stereotyped behavior toward their infants, but much
more stereotyping when the children reach school age.
Maria: Parents consistently show stereotyped behavior toward daughterswhether
they are infants or childrenbut they show minimal stereotyping for sons.
Sid: The only area in which parents show stereotyping is with respect to
encouragement of aggression in their sons.
Page 87
3-42. According to research on gender-typed activities,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
in reality, parents buy boys and girls the same kinds of toys.
parents tend to assign outdoor tasks to boys and domestic tasks to girls.
parents are particularly likely to discourage gender-inappropriate behavior in their
daughters, rather than their sons.
aside from stereotyped toy preferences, parents pay little attention to their
childrens gender-typed activities.
Page 87
3-43. How do parents respond to masculine or feminine behavior in their young children?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
They often do not mind if their daughters are playing with a masculine toy.
They strongly encourage both sons and daughters toward gender-appropriate
behavior.
They are more worried about gender-inappropriate behavior in daughters than in
sons.
Mothers are more concerned than fathers about gender-inappropriate activities.
Page 87
3-44. Suppose that a parent is watching a child playing enthusiastically with a toy that is
strongly associated with the other gender. In which of the following situations is the
parent most likely to produce a strong negative reaction?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
181 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 87
3-45. Which of the following situations would typically allow a child to have the greatest
amount of freedom in playing with toys considered appropriate for the other gender?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 87
3-46. Which of the following statements about gender-typed behavior is true?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Parents are equally concerned about gender-typed behavior in both their sons and
daughters.
Fathers are more likely than mothers to encourage gender-typed behavior in both
their sons and daughters.
Mothers are more likely than fathers to encourage gender-typed behavior in both
their sons and daughters.
Fathers tend to encourage gender-typed behavior in sons whereas mothers
encourage gender-typed behavior in daughters.
Page 88
3-47. Which of the following mother-child conversations would be most likely, according to
the discussion in Chapter 3?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 88
3-48. Imagine that you are seated near a mother, her son, and her daughter as you wait for a
plane to arrive. If this mother follows the pattern described in Chapter 3 of your textbook,
she is likely to
a.
b.
c.
*d.
182 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 88
3-49. Chapter 3 noted that mothers are more likely to discuss sadness with their daughters,
whereas they seldom discuss anger with their daughters. A related finding in another part
of your textbook is that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 88-89
3-50. Adult males are sometimes more aggressive than adult females. According to the
research discussed in Chapter 3, parents are especially likely to encourage these
tendencies in their children
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 89
3-51. How do parents handle the issue of independence in their children?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
They are somewhat more likely to supervise their daughters and leave their sons
alone.
They are somewhat more likely to supervise their sons and leave their daughters
alone.
They treat sons and daughters similarly as preschoolers, but supervise daughters
more when children reach school age.
They treat sons and daughters identically with regard to independence.
Page 89
3-52. What can we conclude about how parents treat their sons and daughters with respect to
independence?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Parents seem to treat boys and girls exactly the same in the area of independence.
Because girls mature faster, parents allow their young daughters to be more
independent than their sons.
In every situation that has been studied, parents are more likely to encourage
independence in their sons than in their daughters.
In some situations, parents are more likely to encourage independence in their sons
than in their daughters, but the results are not consistent.
183 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 89-90
3-53. Ernesto is a Mexican American father who has nontraditional ideas about gender roles.
He is playing with his daughter, using a toy stove and toy food. Based on the discussion
in Chapter 3, you would expect to see that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Ernesto would try to guide his daughter toward a game with which he feels more
comfortable.
Ernesto would interact passively with his daughter, only talking when she asks him
questions.
Ernesto would ask good questions and actively play with his daughter.
Ernesto would play the role of a father who is being served a meal, but he would
not participate in cooking.
Pages 89-90
3-54. Your textbook describes a study by Fiese and Skillman (2000), which focused on the
gender-related messages that parents convey to their children. According to this research,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
parents in the current decade provided the same kind of achievement messages to
their daughters and sons.
parents in the current decade uniformly emphasized achievement more for their
sons than for their daughters.
parents who were not very gender-stereotyped were likely to emphasize
achievement equally for their sons and daughters.
fathers consistently emphasized achievement for their sons, whereas mothers
consistently emphasized achievement for their daughters.
Pages 89-90
3-55. According to the research about parents gender-related messages,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 91
3-56. Which of the following is not one of the ways that peers encourage gender typing?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
184 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 91
3-57. Holly likes to climb trees, play fighting games, and take charge on the playground. She
describes herself as a typical tomboy. Hollys peers are likely to
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 91
3-58. Children sometimes behave in a way that is more typical of the other gender. How do
other children react to this childs nontraditional behavior?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Children almost always ignore a girl who is playing with a toy considered
appropriate for a boy.
Children usually have no problem with a boy who talks about his feelings, as long
as he doesnt play with a toy considered appropriate for a girl.
Children typically react in a more negative fashion to nontraditional behavior in a
boy, rather than in a girl.
In general, children seem to ignore nontraditional behavior in a peer.
Pages 91-92
3-59. The tendency to associate with other children of the same gender is known as
a.
b.
*c.
d.
gender identity.
gender schema.
gender segregation.
gender discrimination.
Pages 91-92
3-60. Imagine that you are walking past a playground. You are likely to see that children
*a.
b.
c.
d.
who are about 3 to 6 years old fairly likely to play with same-gender children.
who are about 11 to 12 years old are fairly likely to play with same-gender children.
do not seem to show any systematic preferences for play partners.
show no systematic preferences for play partners if they are playing at games that
require motor skills, but for other activities, boys play with boys and girls play with
girls.
Page 92
3-61. Suppose that you are observing a group of preschool children, as part of a class
assignment. You notice that three boys have taken over a sandbox in the corner of a
playground, and they are saying to a girl, No, you cant play here because you arent a
boy. The boys behavior is an example of
a.
b.
*c.
d.
modeling.
heterosexism.
entitlement.
stereotype threat.
185 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 92-93
3-62. Your textbook discusses a study by Powlishta on gender prejudice in children. When
children watched videotapes of a child interacting with an adult,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 92-93
3-63. What can we conclude about childrens attitudes toward members of the other gender?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
From about the age of four, children seem quite positive about children of the other
gender.
Boys show gender prejudice, but girls do not.
Children are more positive about same-gender peers than about other-gender peers.
Adults are much more biased than children in their attitudes toward members of the
other gender.
Pages 93-94
3-64. Suppose that you are working in a preschool setting. Based on Smiths research on
preschoolers treatment of other children, you would be most likely to observe that
children
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 90-94
3-65. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about the way that
children provide gender-related messages to their peers?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Naomi: Children in North America who are 3 or 4 years old prefer to play with a
same-gender child, but school-aged children have no preferences.
Gwendal: When children play mostly in single-gender groups, they tend to learn
and practice gender-stereotyped behavior.
Elli: In general, girls are more likely than boys to show entitlement, a behavior that
encourages gender segregation.
Jeff: Both girls and boys give consistently higher ratings to boys, whereas they
downgrade girls.
186 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 95
3-66. What can we conclude about teachers behavior toward boys and girls?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
They give girls much more praise than they give boys.
They give boys more positive feedback than they give girls.
They pay more attention to girls during the teaching process.
They criticize both boys and girls, but girls receive more constructive criticism than
boys do.
Page 95
3-67. When researchers study teachers behavior toward elementary-school children, they
typically find that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 95
3-68. Research on teachers behavior in the classroom shows that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 95
3-69. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about the research
on teachers reactions to children in their classes?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Vincent: Teachers pay attention to Black girls, but they tend to ignore girls from
other ethnic backgrounds.
Alicia: Teachers are likely to treat middle-class children better than lower-class
children.
Marie-France: Because girls are relatively conscientious, teachers pay more
attention to them than to the boys.
Takeshi: In the current era, teachers treat boys and girls similarly.
Page 96
3-70. The section on encouraging changes in the educational system reported that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
colleges and universities are now likely to include material on gender and ethnic
diversity in their teacher-training programs.
attempts to modify childrens gender stereotypes, in general, have no effect on
childrens beliefs.
a series of brief exercises about gender stereotypes, surprisingly, can almost
completely eliminate these stereotypes.
media coverage of problems in education rarely produces change.
187 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 96
3-71. Chapter 3 included a discussion about educational programs designed to change
childrens gender stereotypes. According to this discussion,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
colleges that train teachers seldom discuss the topic of gender stereotypes and
gender discrimination.
once children have developed firm gender stereotypes, its easier to change their
gender biases.
most children can change their gender stereotypes after either one or two carefully
designed learning periods.
its difficult to encourage children to change their gender stereotypes because they
actively construct their ideas about gender.
Pages 96-97
3-72. In nonindustrialized countries, the data on elementary education show that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
girls usually receive more education than boys, but primarily with female teachers.
boys usually receive more education than girls.
girls are primarily taught reading in school, and boys are primarily taught math.
there are no gender differences in the education offered to boys and girls.
Pages 96-97
3-73. Research on education in nonindustrialized countries shows that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
girls are more likely to attend school, whereas boys are more likely to perform
work.
boys and girls are equally likely to attend elementary school, but girls are more
likely to attend secondary school.
females are significantly less likely than males to be able to read and write.
girls and boys, in general, are treated similarly.
Pages 96-97
3-74. According to the discussion of gender and education in countries outside North America,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
188 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 96-97
3-75. According to the discussion of education in nonindustrialized countries,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
when mothers are able to read, they typically have healthier children, who are also
better educated.
the literacy rate for women is uniformly low in all these countries.
the wealthiest countries in the world have donated so much money that any gender
difference in literacy should be eliminated by 2015.
about 55% of the worlds illiterate adults are female.
Page 98
3-76. According to the research on childrens television,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
males and females are currently shown in equal numbers, and the activities they
perform are similar.
males and females are currently shown in equal numbers, but the activities they
perform are different.
more males are currently shown than females, but the activities they perform are
similar.
more males are currently shown than females, and the activities they perform are
different.
Page 98
3-77. Studies on television viewing and gender stereotyping show that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
there is no relationship between these two variables in any of the studies yet
conducted.
most television programs actually encourage children to decrease gender
stereotyping.
there is generally a correlation between television viewing and gender stereotyping.
television seems only to influence gender stereotyping in children above the age of
10.
Page 98
3-78. Suppose that a study shows a strong positive correlation between the number of hours
that children spend watching television and the degree to which they hold stereotyped
views of gender roles. Based on this information, we can conclude that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
only stereotyped children are likely to be able to tolerate many hours of television
viewing.
television clearly encourages gender-stereotyped views.
parents are not responsible for conveying ideas about gender roles.
there is a relationship between television watching and stereotyped gender roles.
189 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 98
3-79. Researchers have examined television programs and videogames that are aimed at
children. This research shows that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 99
3-80. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the
representation of gender in childrens books?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 99
3-81. Studies of childrens books show that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
they often appear to be sexist, but this sexism has little effect on children.
the problem of sexism in childrens books seems to have disappeared during the
past decade.
females may be underrepresented, but at least those who are shown are quite
competent.
even today, childrens books often show boys solving problems and being active,
whereas girls are more passive.
Pages 99-100
3-82. A study by Ochman examined the impact of childrens books on subsequent behavior.
According to this study,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the kind of books read by children had minimal impact on their behavior.
children showed increased self-esteem when a model of their own gender had
solved a problem in the book.
children of both genders showed increased self-esteem when the model in the book
was male.
children of both genders showed increased self-esteem when the model in the book
was female.
190 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 102
3-83. Alex is only 6 months old. According to the research on childrens knowledge about
gender, Alex is likely to
a.
b.
c.
*d.
view males and females the same; theyre all just people to children that young.
prefer to look at pictures of people of the same gender.
prefer to look at pictures of people of the other gender.
recognize that males and females belong to different categories.
Pages 102-103
3-84. Suppose that you are talking with a 4-year-old girl. What information is this girl likely to
know about gender?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
She probably looks longer at a picture of a man doing a feminine task, compared to
all other combinations of the persons gender and the task that the person is doing.
She probably cannot provide accurate gender labels for photos of people.
She can probably explain the differences between females and males.
If you show her a coloring book, she probably will not select a picture that is
stereotypically associated with females.
Page 103
3-85. Suppose that several children who are 4 and 5 years old are looking at some coloring
books and deciding which pictures to color. You will be most likely to see
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the boys coloring a picture of a football player and the girls coloring a picture of a
princess.
the boys coloring a picture of a princess and the girls coloring a picture of a football
player.
the girls coloring a picture of a princess and the boys coloring a picture of a genderneutral scene.
both girls and boys coloring a picture of a gender-neutral scene.
Page 103
3-86. You are playing with your 5-year-old nephew Matthew. According to the research on
childrens stereotypes about gender, Matthew is most likely to
*a.
b.
c.
d.
know which toys the boys are supposed to like, and choose gender-consistent
activities himself.
know which toys the boys are supposed to like, but show no gender preferences
in his own play activities.
be easily persuaded to play with toys considered appropriate for the other gender.
choose gender-consistent play activities, but report little understanding of what boys
are supposed to like.
191 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 103-105
3-87. Suppose you are teaching 4-year-olds in a preschool program. The children in your class
are likely to believe, with respect to occupations, that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
women can become anything they want to be, though men have more restricted
occupational choices.
women have more prestigious jobs than men.
teachers tend to be women, and construction workers tend to be men.
there is no relationship between occupation and gender.
Pages 103-105
3-88. The research on childrens ideas about occupations shows that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 105
3-89. Research on childrens stereotypes about gender shows that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
kindergartners tend to believe that males are more aggressive than females.
kindergartners actually tend to believe that females are stronger and more
competent than males.
children do not have different beliefs about boys and girls until they reach the age
of 8.
children under the age of 6 have very clear stereotypes about females, but their
stereotypes about males are not well developed.
Page 105
3-90. Your textbook described a study in which 8- to 10-year old children rated photos of
women, men, girls, and boys on several personality characteristics. The study
demonstrated that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
only the boys tended to make different judgments about the male photos and the
female photos.
children in this age range had not yet developed clear-cut stereotypes about gender
and personality.
children actually judged the male photos as weaker than the female photos.
children in this age bracket have stereotypes about gender and personality.
192 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 105-106
3-91. According to the research on childrens stereotypes,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
younger children know just as much as older children about our cultures traditional
gender stereotypes, but the younger children have more flexible stereotypes.
older children know more than younger children about our cultures gender
stereotypes, but the older children have more flexible stereotypes.
the current research shows that children are much less aware of gender stereotypes
than the children who grew up in the 1960s.
younger children have more flexible gender stereotypes than older children.
193 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 4
Adolescence
Page 109
4-1. The period during development in which a young person experiences physical changes
that lead to sexual maturity is known as
*a.
b.
c.
d.
puberty.
adolescence.
dysmenorrhea.
the premenstrual syndrome.
Page 109
4-2. Lynda has just had her first menstrual period. The technical term for this beginning of
menstruation is
*a.
b.
c.
d.
menarche.
menopause.
dysmenorrhea.
premenstrual syndrome.
Page 109
4-3. Which of the students provides the best summary of the two terms, puberty and
adolescence, as applied to females?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
194 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 109
4-4. According to the introduction to the chapter on adolescence,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 110
4-5. According to the discussion of puberty in Chapter 4,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Asian-American females reach puberty before females from other ethnic groups.
body weight is typically correlated with the age at which a female reaches puberty.
contrary to Theme 4, young females reactions to puberty show remarkably little
variation.
in the United States, the average girl enters puberty between the ages of 8 and 10.
Page 111
4-6. According to Chapter 4 in your textbook, secondary sex characteristics are
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 111
4-7. The pituitary gland is important in menstruation because it
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 111
4-8. What role do hormones play in the menstrual cycle?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 111
4-9. What is an important function of the ovaries in the menstrual cycle?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 111
4-10. What is ovulation?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 111
4-11. During the menstrual cycle, a womans reproductive system releases an egg, through a
process called
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 111
4-12. The term ovulation refers to the process during which
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 112
4-13. The events in the menstrual cycle are best described as
a.
b.
c.
*d.
196 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 111-113
4-14. As described in Chapter 4, the various brain structures and other biological factors
operate according to a feedback loop in order to regulate the menstrual cycle. Which of
the following students provides the best description of this feedback loop?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Dakwan: When the level of a hormone is too high, a structure in the brain is
signaled to inhibit hormone production; when the level is too low, the brain
structure is signaled to produce more hormones.
Angus: When the hypothalamus is signaled, a follicle in the hypothalamus releases
an egg; when the hypothalamus is not signaled, the follicle does not release the
egg.
Sandi: When a female reaches puberty, her endometrium signals the pituitary
gland, which varies in size, depending on the menstrual cycle; for instance, the
pituitary gland is largest at the time of ovulation.
Adriana: When a female has her period, the menstrual flow signals the
hypothalamus, which inhibits the development of the follicle.
Page 112
4-15. After the egg has left the follicle, in the middle of the menstrual cycle, the
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 113
4-16. Dysmenorrhea is
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 113
4-17. According to Chapter 4, menstrual pain
a.
b.
*c.
d.
197 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 113
4-18. Your textbook notes that there is a correlation between a womans tendency to be anxious
and the amount of menstrual pain that she reports. What conclusion should you draw
from this information?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Women who are anxious are more likely to exaggerate the amount of menstrual
pain that they experience, in comparison to women who are low in anxiety.
Women who experience a high level of menstrual pain are likely to become more
anxious than other women.
There must be some other variable that can explain this relationship, rather than a
direct correlation between anxiety and menstrual pain.
Women who are low in anxiety are likely to experience a low amount of menstrual
pain.
Page 113
4-19. According to the discussion of menstrual pain, there is a correlation between a womans
anxiety level and the degree of menstrual pain. Based on this statement, we can conclude
that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
women who are anxious produce more prostaglandins, which directly produce more
pain.
women who are anxious are likely to focus more on their painful cramps, which
encourages them to report more pain.
women who experience menstrual pain are likely to be worried about the pain, so
that they become more anxious.
women who are above-average in anxiety are also likely to be above-average in
menstrual pain.
Page 113
4-20. Which of the following young women best summarizes the information on menstrual
pain and PMS?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Lizzie: Pain, PMS, its all just part of what women have to live with every month.
Maria: Although few women experience menstrual pain, most women experience
some symptoms of PMS.
Nadja: Most women experience some menstrual pain, but estimates of the extent
of PMS are more controversial.
Olivia: The research finds support for cyclical variation in mood swings, but finds
no support for the existence of menstrual pain.
Page 113
4-21. According to the discussion of the premenstrual syndrome, this problem
a.
*b.
c.
d.
is strongest in the first few days after menstrual flow has begun.
may involve depression and irritability.
can be completely avoided by the proper diet.
is an important issue for between 75% and 95% of North American women.
198 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 114
4-22. One reason that the premenstrual syndrome is so controversial is that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
feminists believe that the premenstrual syndrome is something that has been
invented by male gynecologists.
there is no clear definition for PMS.
it decreases in intensity following pregnancy.
psychologists point out that it strongly resembles an intense fear, characteristic of a
phobia.
Page 114
4-23. Suppose that one of your friends says, Of course premenstrual syndrome (PMS) is a
major problem for women, because there are about 200 different symptoms. Which of
the following responses should you emphasize?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
You are correct; at least half of adolescent women experience pain prior to
menstruation.
You are correct; according to research, blood tests have demonstrated that the
majority of adolescent females experience PMS.
You are not correct; if approximately 200 symptoms have been reported for PMS,
then there is no clear-cut operational definition for PMS.
You are not correct; when a health professional gives a woman a shot of
prostaglandins, the PMS symptoms disappear within about one hour.
Page 115
4-24. Hardies 10-week study of womens daily health and stress diaries found that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
women who said I think I have PMS did record more negative emotions
premenstrually than women who reported no PMS.
most of the women studied met the criterion for PMS, whether they thought they
had it or not.
none of the women in this study met the criterion for PMS.
although womens stress symptoms varied with the menstrual cycle, their emotional
state did not.
Pages 115-116
4-25. Chapter 4 features a discussion about the issue of mood swings during the menstrual
cycle. This discussion pointed out that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the better controlled studies are most likely to show evidence of mood swings.
the research is now relatively easy to conduct, because psychologists have
developed an appropriate definition for the premenstrual syndrome.
evidence for mood swings has been demonstrated only for women who are under
the age of 25.
many studies find no clear-cut evidence for mood swings.
199 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 115-116
4-26. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about the
premenstrual syndrome (PMS)?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Natasha: According to the most recent research, hormones play a major role in
PMS, especially because the levels of hormones increase and decrease during the
menstrual cycle.
Midori: Women who believe that they have PMS are indeed likely to have very
negative emotions prior to their menstrual period, and much more positive emotions
at other times of their cycle.
Charles: We cannot draw firm conclusions, but psychological and cultural factors
seem to play an important role in womens reports about PMS.
Dustin: The most recent research shows that PMS is actually an important
component of dysmenorrhea.
Page 116
4-27. Research by Joan Chrisler showed that female college students often thought that other
women had more severe premenstrual symptoms than they did. This finding suggests that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 116
4-28. Suppose that you know a girl who has not yet begun to menstruate. She asks you what to
expect about her menstrual cycle. You would tell her that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 116-117
4-29. A female friend complains to you that her anxiety and tension are all related to PMS. She
sighs, Theres nothing I can do about it. Based on the information in Chapter 4, your
best response is
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Ive read that antidepressants are currently the best treatment for PMS.
According to my Psychology of Women course, theres no such thing as PMS.
You better look for another explanation.
Exercise and a healthier diet have been clearly shown to improve PMS
symptoms.
Are there other problems that might be causing your anxiety and tension, other
than PMS?
200 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 116-117
4-30. According to the discussion of coping with the premenstrual syndrome (PMS),
a.
b.
*c.
d.
because there is no evidence for PMS, the best advice is that women should stop
worrying about mood swings.
current research demonstrates that exercise and a sensible diet can significantly
reduce PMS.
women who are worried about PMS should keep records to see if tension and
anxiety actually do show an increase and decrease throughout their menstrual
cycles.
women who think they have PMS should urge their health-care providers to
prescribe an antidepressant.
Page 117
4-31. Research has been conducted using the Menstrual Joy Questionnaire, followed by several
traditional menstrual symptoms checklists. This research has found that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 118-119
4-32. Menstrual myths and taboos
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 118-119
4-33. According to the discussion of menstruation in Chapter 4,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
201 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 118-119
4-34. The research on cultural attitudes toward menstruation demonstrates that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
many cultures outside North America believe that menstruating women have
extraordinary healing powers.
North Americans usually avoid discussing menstruation.
North American advertisements typically emphasize that women should speak more
openly about menstruation with both relatives and friends.
North American magazines for women typically emphasize that menstruation may
be inconvenient, but it symbolizes womanhood.
Page 120
4-35. During adolescence, the gender differences in self-esteem
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 120
4-36. Suppose that your professor says, A meta-analysis was conducted on gender differences
in adolescents attitudes toward education. From that description, you know that the
researchers
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 120
4-37. Your text discusses two meta-analyses on adolescents self-esteem. These analyses found
that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
202 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 120
4-38. According to your text, group comparisons of self-esteem indicate that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 120
4-39. Which of the following statements best summarizes the research on self-esteem?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 120
4-40. According to the research on self-esteem,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 121
4-41. According to the research on body image and the physical self-concepts of adolescents,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
concern about body appearance can lead to eating disorders in young women.
young men receive the same kinds of messages about appearance that young
women receive.
young men and young women are equally concerned about their own physical
appearance.
athletic young women almost never see examples of female athletes in the media,
and so they do not understand that women can be competent athletes.
Page 122
4-42. According to the section on adolescents body image and physical self-concept,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
males and females are equally concerned about their own physical attractiveness.
physical appearance is the strongest predictor of self-worth in adolescent females.
males are more likely than females to have positive self-concepts if they are
positive about their physical appearance.
images of athletic females in the media are even less common than 10 years ago, so
that athletic young women typically prefer to have anorexic-looking bodies.
203 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 122
4-43. Which of the following statements best summarizes the material on adolescents body
image and physical self-concepts?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Prior to adulthood, both males and females are generally positive about their bodies.
Surprisingly, adolescent males show more concern about their physical appearance
than do adolescent females.
Athletic competence is a strong predictor of self-worth in both females and males.
In general, adolescent males feel valued for their athletic competence, whereas
adolescent females feel valued for their physical appearance.
Page 122
4-44. Your textbook includes a section on feminist identity during adolescence. According to
this discussion,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
surprisingly, adolescents have more positive attitudes toward feminists than toward
non-feminist women.
because adolescent women can think about abstract topics, they can consider issues
such as feminist identity.
in several samples, more than half of young women said they were feminists.
young women are relatively likely to say that they are feminists, but relatively few
say that they believe in equality.
Page 123
4-45. According to the discussion of feminist identity in Chapter 4,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
adolescent males are just as likely as adolescent females to have a feminist identity.
adolescent females who say that they have a feminist identity are typically unable to
provide an accurate definition for the word feminist.
in general, those people who oppose feminist beliefs have a complex view of
themselves.
adolescents are more likely to believe in gender equality than to say that they are
feminists.
Pages 123-124
4-46. An adolescent female who says that she is a feminist is likely to
*a.
b.
c.
d.
204 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 124
4-47. What can we conclude about cultural identity during adolescence?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
During this stage, the majority of both males and females ignore their ethnic
identity.
Adolescence is a stage in which young people typically develop a strong pride in
their cultural identitywhether they are male or female.
Males who are strongly identified with their cultural identity often have their
masculinity questioned.
The research has not consistently found gender differences in cultural identity.
Page 124
4-48. According to the discussion of adolescents cultural identity,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 124-125
4-49. According to the discussion of adolescents who are Muslim Americans,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
about 90% of them came to the United States from Afghanistan and Iraq.
teenage girls in the United States were arrested and interrogated for several weeks,
following the September 11, 2001 bombing.
almost all of these adolescents retain their Muslim identity, and they do not feel that
they have any American identity.
almost all of these adolescents emphasize their American identity, and they do not
feel that they retain any Muslim identity.
Page 126
4-50. Part of Chapter 4 discussed teenagers self-concepts. According to the information about
transgender identity,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
205 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 128
4-51. What can we conclude about the experiences of adolescent women and men in high
school math and science classes?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 128
4-52. Which of the following students provides the best explanation for why high school
females are less likely than males to consider careers in math and science?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Qi: Although females earn higher grades in English and other similar courses,
males earn higher grades in math and science.
Lois: A major problem is that parents make it clear that their daughters should
pursue a career that is more traditionally feminine.
Chip: Females actually perform well in math and science courses, but they feel
less competent than males do.
Saundra: Teachers actually encourage females to pursue careers in math and
science, but females do not respond to this encouragement.
Page 128
4-53. Your niece Tawnya is interested in a career in math or science. What might you say to
her about any obstacles or encouragement she might encounter?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Although youre likely to receive lower grades than the males in your classes, you
should pursue your dream anyway.
Youve got nothing to worry about. These days, studies no longer find any
differences in how males and females are treated in the sciences.
Find some gender-fair career guidance and see if you can locate programs for young
women interested in science.
Adolescent females who encounter obstacles are actually more likely than other
adolescent females to achieve academic success.
Page 129
4-54. According to the research on college enrollments in the United States,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
206 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 129-130
4-55. The term chilly classroom climate refers to situations in which
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 129-130
4-56. What can we conclude about current research on the chilly classroom climate?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
The research that has been conducted shows consistent evidence of bias against
women.
Women consistently report that they are well treated in the classroom.
Current research does not provide compelling evidence for a chilly climate in
college classrooms.
Some research suggests that men often face discrimination in the college classroom.
Page 130
4-57. The discussion about higher education and students of color pointed out that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
tribal colleges offer Native Americans a transition between their native culture and
colleges where most students are European American.
academic achievement is emphasized more for Black males than for Black females.
most Latina females report that faculty members expect them to do well in college.
Latina families are more likely than other families to encourage their daughters to
enroll in a college that is far from home.
Page 131
4-58. Imagine that you are talking with a group of high-school students about their career
goals. You are likely to find that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the young men are more ambitious than the young women.
the young women are more likely than the young men to choose a career that is not
traditional for their gender.
the young women are not likely to mention an interest in marriage and children.
the majority of young women say that they are interested in pursuing a traditionally
masculine career.
207 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 131
4-59. Which of the following statements most accurately summarizes the research on
adolescents career aspirations?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Adolescent males are more ambitious about their educational and career plans than
adolescent females are.
Adolescent males are more likely than adolescent females to choose a
nontraditional career.
Adolescent females are more likely than adolescent males to report that they have
gathered appropriate information for their future career.
Adolescent males are increasingly likely to mention children and child care in their
career plans.
Page 131
4-60. An adolescent woman who chooses a stereotypically masculine career is likely to
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 131
4-61. A variety of personal attributes are likely to predict an adolescent womans choice of a
nontraditional career. Which of the following is not one of the attributes mentioned in
Chapter 4?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
supportive family
independence
assertiveness
high interest in romantic relationships
Page 133
4-62. According to the research on how adolescents interact with their parents,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
most adolescent males and females report that they disagree with their parents about
most important issues.
males are typically less likely than females to argue with their parents.
most adolescent males and females feel they have little in common with their
parents.
most adolescent males and females get along fairly well with their parents.
208 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 133
4-63. According to the research on the interactions between adolescents and their parents,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
most adolescent females report feeling closer to their fathers, while most adolescent
males report feeling closer to their mothers.
most female and male adolescents agree with their parents on the major kinds of
values.
most young women report that their parents do not approve of their same-gender
friends.
young women of color typically do not feel that their parents provide emotional
support.
Page 133
4-64. Chapter 4 discussed several studies on how teenagers feel about their parents. The results
of these studies indicate that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the majority of both females and males report that they frequently argue with their
parents.
females felt closer to their mothers than to their fathers.
younger females felt alienated from their parents, but older females felt close to
their parents.
although females agree with their parents on minor issues, they often disagree on
major issues like religion and politics.
Page 133
4-65. Research on adolescents emotions and relationships with their families indicates that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
both males and females report that they disagree with their parents about social
values and politics.
adolescent males report more feelings of shame and fear, whereas adolescent
females report more sadness.
adolescent females are more likely than adolescent males to talk about their
emotional experiences.
both adolescent females and males experience intense emotions and are generally
reluctant to express them.
Page 134
4-66. Which of the following statements best summarizes the research on friendship during
adolescence?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
During adolescence, both males and females are establishing independence from
their friends.
Males are more likely than females to get together with their friends.
Female friendships may be somewhat more intimate than male friendships, but the
differences are not large.
No gender differences have been reported in the intimacy of adolescent friendships.
209 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 134
4-67. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary about gender
comparisons in adolescents friendships?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Samantha: Females have much closer friendship patterns than males do.
Rosalpina: Females generally emphasize that intimate conversations are very
important to them.
Jacques: Females who focus their attention on their friendsrather than
themselvesare likely to be very well adjusted during early adulthood.
Michael: Contrary to popular opinion, the research shows virtually no gender
differences in relationships with friends.
Page 134
4-68. According to the discussion about adolescent females friendships,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
lower-class European American women often find that their friendships provide
good support for themselves.
female friendships are much more intimate than male friendships.
adolescent females say that the characteristics they value most in a friendship are
popularity and a sense of style.
no gender differences have been found in the closeness of adolescent friendships.
Page 136
4-69. According to the research on heterosexual relationships during adolescence,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 136
4-70. Your textbook discusses teenagers romantic relationships. According to this discussion,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the topic of teenagers heterosexual relationships has been a popular research area
for several decades.
the majority of Latinas and African American females reported that they had sexual
intercourse by the age of 14.
for young teenagers, the majority of heterosexual romances last about 7 months.
the media provide a strong message that teenage girls should have a boyfriend.
210 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 135-137
4-71. Research on early heterosexual romances indicates that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 137
4-72. Chapter 4 discusses how adolescence is portrayed in the media. According to this
discussion,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
teen magazines emphasize that young women should focus on college and career
planning.
movies and television seldom portray lesbian relationships.
the media correctly report a high incidence of intercourse among low-income Black
females during early adolescence.
the media now emphasize that dieting can be dangerous for teenagers.
Page 137
4-73. Young women who are beginning to discover their lesbian identity are likely to
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 137
4-74. According to the discussion of adolescents who are lesbian,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
there is more research about lesbian adolescents than about gay male adolescents.
most lesbians say that they first became aware of their attraction to other females at
about the time they graduated from high school.
most lesbian and gay male adolescents report that they seldom hear negative
remarks about lesbians and gays.
most young lesbians say that their first connection with another female was
emotional, rather than sexual.
211 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 137
4-75. According to the information about teenagers lesbian relationships,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
most of the research has focused on lesbian teenagers, rather than on gay male
teenagers, probably because attitudes toward lesbians are more positive than
attitudes toward gay males.
lesbians typically report that they were about 10- to 12-years old when they first
realized that they were attracted to other females.
lesbian adolescents typically come out first to their mother, before discussing
their sexual orientation with their friends.
approximately 35% of lesbian and bisexual high school females say that they wish
they were heterosexual.
Pages 137-138
4-76. According to the discussion of lesbian relationships during adolescence,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
most parents eventually become either neutral or positive about their daughters
romantic relationships.
psychologists know more about lesbian relationships than about gay male
relationships, because sexual prejudice is more widespread about gay males.
lesbian and gay male adolescents are more likely to come out to their father than
their mother.
although peers are likely to reject gay male romantic relationships during
adolescence, they typically accept lesbian romantic relationships.
Page 138
4-77. The research on adolescence and sexual orientation shows that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
most young lesbians say that they initially became aware of their interest in other
females at about the age of 6 to 8.
most of the studies on adolescents sexual orientation have been conducted with
females, rather than males.
most young lesbians and bisexual women say that they are happy about their sexual
orientation.
contrary to popular opinion, adolescent lesbians actually discuss their sexual
orientation with their fathers before they discuss it with their mothers.
212 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 5
Pages 144-146
5-1. The discussion about research on cognitive abilities (Chapter 5) emphasized that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 145
5-2. One important point discussed at the beginning of Chapter 5 is that females and males
typically have overlapping distributions for their scores on cognitive tests. Which of the
following statements is not a reasonable conclusion from this finding?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 145
5-3. According to the discussion at the beginning of the section on gender comparisons in
cognitive abilities, there is usually a large overlap in the distribution of females and
males scores. An important implication of this finding is that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
213 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 145-146
5-4. Suppose that researchers have tested a group of high school students on a cognitive task,
using well-controlled conditions. Then they created graphs for the scores of the males and
females, and they found that the two graphs had only a small overlap. Which of the
following conclusions would be most likely?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 145-146
5-5. Suppose that some researchers conduct a study about cognitive abilities, and they find a
relatively large gender difference. From this information, you would expect to find that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the overlap in the frequency distributions for males and females will be relatively
small.
the gender difference is likely to be biologically based (e.g., caused by hormonal
differences).
the same results are likely to be obtained if the study is conducted in a different
social setting.
the same results are likely to be obtained if the study is conducted with participants
who are either older or younger.
Page 147
5-6. As the section on cognitive abilities notes, about 7% of males and 3% of females may
have spatial ability scores in the top 5% of the population. One implication that we can
draw from this information is that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 147
5-7. Suppose you read a psychology article, and the introduction informs you that the article
will take a box-score approach to reviewing the research on some aspect of gender
comparisons. You would expect that the authors of the article will
a.
*b.
c.
d.
214 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 147-148
5-8. Suppose you read a psychology article, and the introduction informs you that the article
will use a meta-analysis to review the research in a particular field. You would expect
that the authors of the article will
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 148
5-9. Your instructor is describing a meta-analysis on gender differences in nonverbal
behavior. She mentions that the results indicated an effect size of .50. Based on this
information you would conclude that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
half of the studies found a statistically significant difference, but the other half did
not.
the mean for females was .50 units different from the mean for males.
gender has a moderate effect on the measures of nonverbal behavior.
the study found large gender differences in nonverbal behavior.
Page 148
5-10. Imagine that you are attending a lecture on gender comparisons in college students
reading comprehension. The speaker says, The effect size for this kind of readingcomprehension test was 0.15. You would conclude that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 149
5-11. According to the research about gender comparisons in general cognitive ability,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
when people construct the tests that measure general intelligence, they intentionally
include questions that favor males.
females typically show greater variability than males on cognitive tasks.
males typically perform much better on tasks of general knowledge, such as history
or geography.
there are no systematic gender differences in the ability to perform two tasks at the
same time.
215 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 149
5-12. The research on complex cognitive tasks shows that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
females and males are similar in their ability to solve complex problems.
males typically earn significantly higher scores than females on tests that measure
creativity.
females earn higher scores on tasks that require cooperation, whereas males earn
higher scores on tasks that involve competition.
males perform significantly faster than females on tasks that require forming
concepts.
Page 149
5-13. Suppose that you are reading an article about gender comparisons in college students
creativity, and the article concludes that gender differences are small for one particular
test of creativity. Based on the introduction to Chapter 5, you could conclude that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 149-151
5-14. Which of the following students provides the most accurate conclusion about gender
comparisons in memory skills?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Andrej: A meta-analysis of the studies on gender and memory would reveal a large
gender difference.
Emily: Women are usually better at remembering verbal material; men are usually
better at remembering nonverbal material.
Saundra: Men tend to remember material better if it is generally associated with
male interest areas; women tend to remember material better if it is generally
associated with female interest areas.
Christopher: So far, no study has found statistically significant gender differences
in memory ability.
Pages 149-151
5-15. Researchers have studied gender comparisons on a variety of tasks that test memory.
Which of the following memory tasks shows no gender difference?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
216 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 151
5-16. Suppose that a friend of yours has 3-year-old twins. He tells you that Saras language is
more advanced than Joes, because she is a girl. Recalling the information on gender
comparisons in verbal ability from your textbook, you reply that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
most research actually shows that boys are better in the early development of
language.
with some consistency, young boys have better mastery of vocabulary, whereas
young girls are better at grammatical structure.
no carefully conducted study has found any statistically significant gender
differences in childrens language.
although occasional studies have demonstrated gender differences in childrens
language, many other studies do not.
Page 151
5-17. Chapter 5 discusses a meta-analysis that focused on the available research about gender
comparisons in verbal ability. On the basis of that meta-analysis, the authors concluded
that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 151
5-18. According to the discussion of gender comparisons in verbal ability, a meta-analysis
reported an effect size of 0.11. From this information, you can conclude that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 152
5-19. Suppose that you are discussing the Scholastic Achievement Test (SAT) with some
friends. What could you tell them about the fairness of the critical reading portion of that
test?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 152-153
5-20. Which of the following statements most accurately summarizes the findings on gender
and reading disability?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
When children are classified by the school system, many more boys than girls have
reading disabilities; when classified by objective criteria, the gender differences are
not as strong.
When children are classified by the school system, there are no gender differences;
when classified by objective criteria, more girls than boys have reading disabilities.
Both the school system and objective criteria show that boys are four times as likely
as girls to have reading disabilities.
Both the school system and objective criteria now show that more girls than boys
have reading disabilities.
Page 153
5-21. Imagine that you are an eighth-grade teacher who has just administered a standardized
test of mathematical achievement. If you compare the scores of the boys and the girls in
your class, you are likely to find that the
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 153-155
5-22. What can we conclude about studies on gender comparisons in mathematics ability?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 154
5-23. On which of the following measures of math ability would you expect to find a gender
difference favoring females?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
218 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 154
5-24. What can we conclude about the grades that males and females receive in mathematics
courses?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Girls receive higher grades than boys up through sixth grade, but older boys receive
higher grades than do older girls.
No consistent gender differences have been reported in math grades.
With some consistency, girls receive higher grades.
With some consistency, boys receive higher grades.
Page 155
5-25. Suppose a professor is discussing a personality test that was designed to test optimism.
She says that the test has high validity. From this statement, you know that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
people who get a low score one week are likely to get a high score the next week.
there are significant gender differences on this test.
individual differences in optimism can be explained by factors such as hormones
and brain structures.
the test predicts how optimistic people are, using some other measure of optimism.
Page 155
5-26. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the term
validity?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Molly: Validity measures the size of the gender difference on some task.
Yuka: Validity measures whether people earn the same score when they take the
same test on two separate occasions.
Luke: Validity means that a test measures what it is supposed to measure.
Bella: Validity means that the testing situation was approximately the same for
every person who takes the test.
Page 155
5-27. Chapter 5 pointed out that the SAT has a problem with validity. Why is this issue
relevant for the psychology of women?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
219 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 155
5-28. Your roommate Alex is reading the paper and suddenly exclaims, See, I knew women
werent as good as men at math. This article says that women score more than 30 points
lower than men on the math SAT. Based on the material in your text, your best response
would be:
a.
b.
*c.
d.
That can be explained by the fact that more men than women take the test.
The test doesnt really measure the ability to solve math problems, but it does
accurately predict performance in college math courses.
Women may score lower, but the test underpredicts their grades in college math
courses.
The gender differences are not statistically significant, because the sample size is
so large.
Page 155
5-29. In which of the following cognitive areas are gender differences the largest?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
verbal ability
spatial ability
mathematics ability
problem-solving ability
Page 155
5-30. In which of the following cognitive skills are statistically significant gender differences
most likely to be found?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
general intelligence
problem-solving ability
spatial ability
concept formation
Pages 155-157
5-31. According to the discussion of spatial visualization, a meta-analysis of the research
reported an effect size of 0.19, favoring males. From this information, you can conclude
that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the average male performed 19% better than the average female.
the gender difference is probably due to biological explanations.
the gender difference is large enough to explain why more men than women select
professions in engineering.
the gender difference is small on spatial visualization tasks.
220 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 156-157
5-32. Suppose that you are hanging a rectangular picture on a large white wall. The wall has no
markings and no other pictures to help you hang the picture in a straight orientation,
rather than being tilted. Which measure of spatial ability would be assessed in this task?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
spatial visualization
spatial perception
mental rotation
mental imagery
Pages 155-158
5-33. On which of the following spatial abilities are the gender differences likely to be the
largest?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 155-158
5-34. On which of the following spatial abilities are the gender differences likely to be the
largest?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
reading a map
finding hidden letters in a complex painting
imagining what a geometric design would look like if it were turned upside down
visualizing where the true horizontal would be located if you were seated in a
completely dark room
Pages 157-158
5-35. According to the discussion of gender comparisons on a mental-rotation task,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the gender differences in this area are very large, and no study has yet reported
gender similarities.
the meta-analyses in this area usually show small effect sizes.
the gender differences are typically larger on mental-rotation tasks than on other
kinds of spatial tasks.
the instructions given to the participants have little effect on their performance.
221 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 158
5-36. Your text describes Favreaus re-analysis of data on gender differences in mental
rotation. When Favreau examined the distributions of scores for males and females, she
noticed that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 158
5-37. According to the research on spatial abilities,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
females may receive higher scores if the instructions are related to traditionally
female interests, rather than traditionally male interests.
a major portion of the gender differences in spatial ability is traced to biologically
based gender differences.
although some gender differences in spatial abilities are not consistent, the gender
differences in mental rotation have been consistently found throughout the current
research.
the scores for mental rotation are distributed in a bell-shaped curve for both males
and females.
Pages 155-158
5-38. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the research on
spatial abilities?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Osmane: Gender differences are relatively large on some spatial tasks, but these
gender differences can be reduced when the instructions are modified.
Anna: Not one of the gender differences is statistically significant, despite the
media coverage of this topic.
Oswalda: Gender differences are large on tests of spatial visualization and spatial
perception, but they are small on tests of mental rotation.
Fred: Individual differences are smaller on spatial tasks than they are on verbal or
mathematical tasks.
Pages 159-160
5-39. Chapter 5 discusses some biological explanations that have been proposed to account for
gender differences in cognitive ability. Which of the following statements is correct about
these explanations?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 159
5-40. One of the categories of biological explanations for cognitive gender differences focuses
on genetic gender differences. A typical genetic explanation proposes that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 159
5-41. Researchers have examined whether gender differences in some cognitive areas might be
explained by hormonal factors. The discussion of this possibility emphasizes that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the levels of hormones prior to birth do have an effect on the performance of spatial
tasks.
during puberty, the level of an important hormone increases more in males than in
females, and this factor explains part of the male advantage on complex math tasks.
the results of this research are often contradictory or complex.
because this research has been carefully conducted, this is the most likely of the
biological explanations for cognitive gender differences.
Pages 159-160
5-42. Your textbook discusses a typical theory about brain lateralization. According to this
discussion, gender differences in cognitive performance can be traced to the observation
that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
males process most information using the left hemisphere, whereas females
primarily use the right hemisphere.
males brains show more lateralization than females brains, so that a larger portion
of the right hemisphere can process spatial information.
males brains show more lateralization than females brains, leading to a decreased
ability in combining different cognitive skills.
verbal tasks use the right hemisphere in males, but the left hemisphere in females.
Page 159-160
5-43. Your text describes several problems with brain lateralization explanations for gender
differences in cognitive abilities. Which of the following was not listed as one of those
problems?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
223 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 159-160
5-44. What can we conclude about lateralization and cognitive performance?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 160-161
5-45. What can we conclude about explanations for the gender differences in mathematics
ability?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 160-161
5-46. Which of the following students provides the best summary of the relationship between
experience and cognitive ability?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Ada: Although boys may spend more time playing math and spatial games outside
of school, girls actually have more experience with computers in the classroom.
Emmy: Even though boys and girls complete the same number of math courses,
girls are shown more often in the textbooks.
Hypatia: Boys take more math courses than girls, but girls play more games
involving numbers and spatial skills.
Sofia: Parents spend more time explaining science and math to boys than to girls.
Pages 160-161
5-47. Suppose that you have a friend who teaches high-school mathematics. If this teacher were
to question the students in these classes, it would be likely that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the females would say that their parents spend longer talking about science with
their brothers, rather than them.
the females who receive top scores are likely to be fairly feminine.
males and females would be similar in their attitudes about math.
the males would be somewhat more careful and cautious when they take a math
test.
224 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 161-162
5-48. Which of the following is the best explanation of how attitudes may influence gender
differences on cognitive tasks?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 161-162
5-49. According to Chapter 5, stereotype threat is likely to affect students performance when
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 162
5-50. If you were a high-school guidance counselor, what would you conclude after reading the
section on cognitive abilities?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Only the most outstanding females should be encouraged to go into fields such as
engineering and mathematics.
Although females may score lower on some tasks requiring spatial ability, most
males and females receive similar scores.
Although males score lower than females on many standardized math tests, they
actually earn higher grades in classes.
Only the most outstanding males should be encouraged to go into fields requiring
verbal skill.
Page 163
5-51. A person who enjoys accomplishing tasks very competently is high in
a.
b.
*c.
d.
extrinsic motivation.
fear of failure.
achievement motivation.
attributions for success.
225 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 163
5-52. Suppose that you know a woman who is an executive, and she says, I dont think there
are enough women who are really motivated to achieve. How would you respond?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
You are partly correct; females earn lower scores than males do on tests of
achievement motivation.
You are partly correct, because the number of female college graduates is still
somewhat less than the number of male college graduates.
You are incorrect, because females are now actually higher than males in selfconfidence.
You are incorrect, because females spend more time studying than males, and they
earn higher grades.
Page 164
5-53. A school psychologist presents you with a picture of several people seated around a
conference table and asks you to create a story about the picture. The psychologist is
most likely measuring your
*a.
b.
c.
d.
achievement motivation.
self-confidence.
spatial perception.
verbal ability.
Page 164
5-54. What can we conclude about gender differences in achievement motivation?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 164
5-55. Suppose that you are teaching high school, and your students were tested with a task that
required them to create a story based on a drawing. What would you expect about the
achievement motivation of the students in your class?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
The males would have higher achievement motivation than the females.
The females would appear to have higher achievement motivation, but it could be
traced to their interest in pleasing other people.
There would be no substantial gender differences.
The females would show much greater variability in achievement motivation than
the males, but the averages would be similar.
226 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 164
5-56. Suppose that you take a variety of tests to measure various aspects of your motivation
style. Your results show that you are high in intrinsic motivation, which means that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 164
5-57. In her spare time, Daniella likes to work on crossword puzzles, simply because she
enjoys these puzzles. Apparently, Daniellas motivation on these crossword puzzles can
be labeled
*a.
b.
c.
d.
intrinsic motivation.
stereotype threat.
fear of failure.
achievement motivation.
Pages 165-166
5-58. In which of the following situations would you expect the largest gender differences in
self-confidence?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
when predicting out loud how well you will do when you are in a group of people
on a task that is gender neutral
when the task is moderately familiar
when the task requires hard work, rather than natural talent
Page 165
5-59. According to the discussion of motivation and attitudes about success, which of the
following gender differences is largest?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
achievement motivation
personal definitions of success
level of self-confidence
intrinsic motivation
Page 166
5-60. When should women be likely to provide low estimates of their self-confidence, in
comparison to mens estimates?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
227 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 166
5-61. What can we conclude about self-confidence on achievement tasks?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 166
5-62. In which of the following situations would you expect men and women to be most
different with respect to self-confidence?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 166
5-63. Chapter 5 discussed a study in which high school students were asked to recall their score
on an important mathematics test that they had completed two years earlier. The results
of the study showed that the gender differences in their recalled scores
*a.
b.
c.
d.
were largest when students had strong gender stereotypes about math ability.
were smallest when students had strong gender stereotypes about math ability.
were smallest when students had low math ability.
were not significant in any of the conditions.
Pages 166-168
5-64. Your text describes a study in which students worked on a series of cognitive tasks and
then received either positive or negative comments about their performance. The results
of this research indicated that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
228 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 166-168
5-65. Imagine that a male and a female have each received enthusiastic praise for their lab
reports. What would you be likely to observe about their self-confidence?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 166-168
5-66. Imagine that a male and a female have each received negative comments about an oral
presentation. What would you be likely to observe about their self-confidence?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 166-168
5-67. According to the research on self-confidence and other peoples evaluations of your
work,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
men are more likely than women to believe that other people are giving them
accurate evaluations.
women consider comments from others when they try to figure out how well they
are doing; men pay less attention to the comments.
men are more accurate than women in recalling the nature of the comments they
have received from other people.
women are more likely than men to believe that they do not deserve negative
comments.
Page 168
5-68. Chapter 5 described a study in which bank employees received either positive or negative
comments from a supervisor. The results of this study showed that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
229 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 167-168
5-69. In Chapter 5, you tried a demonstration that focused on the definitions of success, as
provided by highly successful people. The results of the study showed that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
men were much more likely than women to emphasize that a high salary was the
most important measure of success.
women were much more likely than men to emphasize that they enjoy helping staff
members to develop their own unique strengths.
women were somewhat more likely than men to describe a balance between
personal relationships and achievement as a professional.
men and women responded very similarly in this study.
Pages 168-169
5-70. What can we conclude about the way in which women and men explain why they were
successful on a task?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Men are consistently more likely than women to say that their success is due to their
ability.
Men are consistently more likely than women to say that their success is due to hard
work.
Overall, there are no consistent gender differences in these attributions.
Men are consistently more likely than women to blame their failures on lack of hard
work.
Pages 168-169
5-71. Your best friendsone female and one malehave just made the deans list at your
college. If both are typical of their genders, how would they explain their success to
themselves?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 169
5-72. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the research on
peoples attributions for their own success?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Ned: If we look only at adults who are older than 25, men are more likely than
women to attribute their success to their high ability.
Diane: When working on gender-neutral tasks, men are more likely than women to
attribute their success to their high ability.
Sylvan: When people provide their judgments in private, men are more likely than
women to attribute their success to their high ability.
Nadia: Actually, no gender differences have been reported in this area.
230 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 169
5-73. Suppose that college students are asked to state out loud in a group why they think that
they did so well on the last exam in organic chemistry. What might you expect to find
with respect to gender comparisons?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Females would be somewhat more likely to attribute their success to high ability.
Males would be somewhat more likely to attribute their success to hard work.
Males would be somewhat more likely to attribute their success to high ability.
There would be no gender differences in attribution patterns.
Page 169
5-74. In which of the following conditions would you expect to find the largest gender
differences in peoples explanations for their own success?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 169
5-75. In which of the following situations would you expect to find the greatest gender
similarities in self-attribution patterns?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 169
5-76. After considering the research about gender comparisons in motivation, which of the
following statements is most accurate?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
231 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 6
Page 174
6-1. Which of the following students provides the best understanding of the social
constructionist approach?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 174-175
6-2. According to the social constructionist approach to gender,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
our views of the world provide us with objective perspectives about social
interactions.
our views of the world are shaped primarily by rewards and punishments.
we create highly accurate representations of the outside world.
we create our versions of reality, based on our gender-related interactions and
experiences in the world.
Pages 174-175
6-3. Which of the following statements is the best description of the social constructionist
perspective?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
People learn their social roles by the principles of operant conditioning and
modeling.
Each individual constructs a life plan, according to his or her construction of the
ideal self.
The conflicts we faced as children help us construct a prototype for our adult
interactions.
We construct our view of the world, including what it means to be male or female.
232 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 174-175
6-4. According to the social constructionist approach to gender,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
each person in a culture constructs a completely different version of the reality that
he or she experiences.
social behavior can best be understood in terms of essentialism, so that all women
are fairly similar in their social characteristics.
all cultures share many basic concepts about gender, and these concepts can best be
explained in terms of the principles of evolution.
language is an important mechanism for categorizing our social experiences and
creating our individual realities.
Page 176
6-5. Suppose that you are reading an article in a professional journal about gender differences
in some social behavior. You are reading the methods section and have not yet reached
the results section. You are most likely to expect a large gender difference in which of the
following situations?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 176
6-6. Imagine that you are attending a lecture on gender comparisons in social behavior. You
have been told that the speaker will provide an overview of the topic. Which of the
following statements would you most expect to hear?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Surprisingly, gender differences are small when gender roles are emphasized.
Gender differences are small when other people are watching you.
Gender differences are large when the relevant behavior involves skills related to
ones gender.
Gender differences are large when other rolessuch as workare emphasized.
Page 176
6-7. Chapter 6 begins with a discussion about gender differences in social behavior. Which of
the following statements is correct about the situations that are likely to demonstrate
especially small gender differences?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Gender differences are small if you compare men and women with similar jobs and
you emphasize their work roles.
Gender differences are small when other people are watching.
Gender differences are small when we study nonverbal behavior.
Gender differences are small when we study people in developing countries, rather
than in North America.
233 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 176
6-8. According to the material in Chapter 6, the gender differences in social interactions are
largest
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 176-177
6-9. Suppose that a male friend of yours tells you, Well, no wonder I cant really understand
what my girlfriend is trying to tell me. After all, men and women kind of come from
different planets! Your best reply would be
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 177
6-10. Studies on men and women in conversation indicate that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
women talk more than men, but men interrupt more than women do.
women talk more than men, and women also interrupt more than men do.
men and women talk equally, and they also interrupt each other equally.
the gender differences are small, but some studies show that men talk and interrupt
more than women do.
Page 177
6-11. What can we conclude about interruption patterns in conversations?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Women often interrupt other women, especially to change the topic of the
conversation.
Men are especially likely to interrupt high-status men.
Men interrupt more often than women interrupt, though not in all situations.
In the current era, there are really no gender differences in interruption patterns.
Page 178
6-12. Your text discusses research by Carli on the use of phrases such as Im not sure and I
suppose. This research found that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 177-178
6-13. According to the research on gender comparisons in language style,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 178
6-14. What can we conclude about gender differences in what men and women talk about?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 178
6-15. Newman and his coauthors conducted a recent, large-scale study about the topics that
people discuss with their same-gender friends. Which of the following students provides
the most accurate information about the results of this study?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 178-179
6-16. Suppose that you are one of 10 males and 10 females who has been selected for a
weekend training session for your new job. By the end of the weekend, which of the
following observations would be most likely?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Women would be more likely to speak positively about the contributions of other
group members.
Men and women would generally provide similar verbal input to the group.
Men would be more likely to accuse the group leaders of acting unwisely.
Women would be more likely to be subdued and silent.
Page 180
6-17. From what you know about gender differences in the use of personal space, which of the
following would you be least likely to see?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 180
6-18. Which of the following students comments best summarizes the conclusions about
gender and personal space?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 180-181
6-19. Which of the following would you be most likely to see?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 180-181
6-20. According to the research on body posture, males are more likely than females to
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 181
6-21. Which of the following situations are you most likely to see when two adults are
conversing with each other?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 181
6-22. When two people are talking with each other, which of the following situations usually
shows the lowest amount of eye contact?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
236 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 181-182
6-23. Which of the following statements is correct about facial expression?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Gender differences in facial expression are found in informal conversations, but not
in posed photos.
Men either smile broadly or not at all, whereas women are likely to display a halfsmile.
In recent studies, there are no substantial gender differences in facial expression.
Women usually smile more than men.
Page 182
6-24. Research on smiling patterns suggests that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 182
6-25. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about gender
comparisons in facial expressions?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Phil: Men show a wider range of facial expressions than women do.
Alma: Women often smile because they are uncomfortable, not because they are
enjoying something.
Angela: When people look at a photo of an angry man, they are likely to say that
he is somewhat afraid; in contrast, they say that a photo of an angry woman is
expressing only anger.
Sedrick: The most recent research shows no evidence of gender differences in
facial expression.
Pages 182-183
6-26. According to the chapter on social gender comparisons, decoding ability is
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 182-184
6-27. What can we conclude about gender comparisons in the ability to decode another
persons emotions?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Women are consistently more accurate than men in decoding facial expressions.
Women are usually more accurate than men in decoding facial expressions.
Gender differences are seldom found in cultures outside North America.
The only gender difference in this area is that men are more accurate than women in
decoding emotion from the tone of a persons voice.
237 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 185
6-28. According to LaFrance and Henley, gender differences in personal space, body posture,
and gaze are most effectively accounted for by the fact that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 185
6-29. According to Judith Hall and her coauthors, social power is not primarily responsible for
gender differences in nonverbal decoding ability because
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 185
6-30. According to the social learning explanation of gender differences in communication,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 185-186
6-31. Which of the following students provides the best overview of explanations for nonverbal
gender comparisons?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Alicia: Because the gender differences are so small and inconsistent, they can be
explained in terms of minor differences in the way boys and girls are reinforced for
their verbal behavior.
Zacchary: The gender differences can be explained in terms of both the social
learning explanation and the power explanation.
Sarita: Recent research demonstrates that the power explanation is much more
appropriate than the social learning explanation.
Tommy: The major gender differences can be explained in terms of the fact that
men are larger than women, so they take up more space.
238 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 188-189
6-32. According to the research on gender comparisons in altruism,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 188-189
6-33. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the
research on heroes, or people who risk their life to help other people?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Tanika: Men are likely to be more heroic than women when physical strength is
required.
Josh: Men and women are equally heroic when the heroic action is done in
private.
Shoshona: Men are likely to be more heroic than women when the action involves
pain and the possibility of medical problems.
Gerard: Men were more likely than women to try to save Jews during the Nazi
holocaust.
Pages 188-189
6-34. Suppose that you read an article in a social psychology journal that explains gender
comparisons in college students helpfulness in terms of Alice Eaglys theory of social
roles. Which of the following statements would you be most likely to see in this article?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
The gender differences have evolved over thousands of years, because women are
most likely to pass on their genetic material if they are helpful.
Because women give birth to children and are more likely to take care of them,
women are usually helpful in areas that require social sensitivity.
Because men are more likely to have social power in the workplace, they are less
likely to provide help on both physical and social tasks.
Because women are now more likely than men to attend college, the gender
differences in helpfulness should be small and inconsistent.
Pages 188-189
6-35. The research on gender comparisons in altruism shows that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the conclusions about this topic depend on the specific kind of altruism that is
examined.
men are typically more altruistic than women when the situation does not involve
danger.
men are somewhat more likely than women to be organ donors.
social factors cannot explain why gender differences are found for some kinds of
altruism, but not for other kinds.
239 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 188-189
6-36. What can we conclude about gender differences in altruism?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Males, following their provider role, consistently help more than females.
Females, following their caretaker role, consistently help more than males.
Males help by using a problem-solving strategy; females help by using the lets
talk about it strategy.
Gender differences in altruism depend on many factors, such as danger and
expertise.
Page 189
6-37. Gender differences in nurturing reactions to young children are most likely to be found
with
a.
*b.
c.
d.
physiological measures.
self-report.
measures of nonverbal behavior.
behavioral measures.
Page 189
6-38. Which of the following students statements best captures the research on gender
comparisons in nurturance?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
LaTonya: Contrary to general opinion, no gender differences have yet been found
in this area.
Anooj: Women are consistently more nurturant than men, no matter how you
measure nurturance.
Sarah: Men are more nurturant than women when you consider behavioral
measures; women are more nurturant than men when other measures of nurturance
are used.
Samuel: Women are more nurturant than men when you consider self-report
measures; gender differences are minimal with other measures.
Page 189
6-39. According to research on preschoolers interest in babies,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
parents ratings of their preschoolers interest are not correlated with the ratings
provided by other observers, so we cannot draw conclusions about this topic.
there are no gender differences reported for preschoolers.
parents who accept gentle behaviors in their sons typically have sons who are
interested in babies.
preschool boys have such strong stereotypes about masculinity that they
consistently avoid interactions with babies.
240 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 189-190
6-40. Several college students are watching a movie about a teenager whose mother had died.
Which measures of empathy would be likely to reveal the largest gender differences?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 188-190
6-41. What can we conclude about the studies on altruism, nurturance, and empathy?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Women tend to show more of these caring kinds of behaviors than men do.
During childhood, females show more of these caring kinds of behavior; during
adulthood, males show more of this behavior.
Considering all the studies together, there are no major overall gender differences.
Men tend to show more of these caring kinds of behaviors than women do.
Page 191
6-42. Your friend Heather has been studying theories of moral reasoning. She believes that
humans grow through their connections with other people. These beliefs are most similar
to those of
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 191
6-43. When confronted with a moral dilemma, such as whether or not to turn in someone who
has committed a crime, Larry emphasizes the role of power and influence in peoples
relationships to others. In terms of Carol Gilligans work, this view is most similar to the
a.
*b.
c.
d.
social-roles perspective.
justice perspective.
care perspective.
equality perspective.
Page 191
6-44. When people make moral judgments based on the interconnections between individuals,
they are using the
*a.
b.
c.
d.
care perspective.
liberal feminist perspective.
justice perspective.
essentialism perspective.
241 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 191
6-45. According to the summary of research about moral judgments,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
a recent meta-analysis of the North American research demonstrates that the gender
differences in moral judgments are large.
in countries other than the United States and Canada, the gender differences in
moral judgments are large.
most of the research shows gender similarities in moral judgments when women
and men face similar moral decisions.
not enough research has been conducted to permit a clear-cut decision.
Page 191
6-46. The current research on gender comparisons in moral reasoning shows that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
women are consistently more likely than men to emphasize justice in moral
reasoning.
women are consistently more likely than men to emphasize care in moral
reasoning.
overall, there are gender similarities in this area.
the only gender differences in moral reasoning are found in cultures outside North
America.
Pages 191-192
6-47. Which of the following students provides the most accurate definition of social justice?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Deryn: Social justice means that each person should have a right to a fair trial in
court.
Sarka: Social justice means that a nation should give the greatest privileges to the
people who pay the most income tax.
Andrew: People who value social justice are concerned about the fair treatment of
people who experience discrimination and other problems.
Traci: People who value social justice tend to discriminate against people from
other countries who live in the United States and are not US citizens.
Pages 191-192
6-48. Chapter 6 examined gender comparisons in attitudes on social-justice issues, based on
responses to a questionnaire given to more than 200,000 college students. This analysis
showed that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
there were some gender differences, but they did not reveal either practical
significance or statistical significance.
the results revealed large, consistent gender differences in the way that women and
men responded to these questions.
the largest gender differences focused on controlling the sale of handguns and on
same-sex couples having the right to marry legally.
both males and females responded that military spending should be increased, but
women were significantly more likely than men to endorse this item.
242 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 193
6-49. According to the research on childrens friendships,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
boys are more likely than girls to engage in self-disclosure with their friends.
girls tend to have a larger number of friends than boys do.
when playing with their friends, boys are more likely than girls to enjoy playing
games that have rules.
boys are more likely than girls to have friends who do not know each other.
Page 193
6-50. The section on gender comparisons in friendship stated that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
both female friends and male friends are most likely to get together to just talk.
men appear to have somewhat more stable friendship patterns.
women prefer to get together with friends for specific activities, rather than just
talk.
men prefer to get together with friends to work on projects, rather than just talk.
Pages 193-194
6-51. What can we conclude about gender comparisons in self-disclosure with friends?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
243 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 195
6-53. Which of the following students provides the best summary about the kind of help that
men and women offer to a friend who is worried?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Tatiana: Women tend to offer sympathy, whereas men tend to tell their friends not
to worry.
Michaela: Women are more likely than men to take a problem-solving approach,
such as listing all the factors that should be considered.
Dick: Women are more likely than men to blame their friends for creating the
problem.
Angelo: Men and women do not occupy different cultures, with respect to
providing emotional support to their friends.
Pages 196-197
6-54. The constructionist approach is relevant to gender comparisons in aggression because
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 196-197
6-55. Why is the social constructionist perspective important when we consider the topic of
gender and aggression?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
All cultures share quite similar views on the criteria for aggressive behavior.
North Americans tend to see aggression in terms of physical violence, rather than
verbal violence.
When a woman experiences violence in a relationship, North Americans tend to
think about damage to her self-esteem, rather than physical damage that requires
medical care.
We tend to construct better excuses for peoples physical aggression than for their
relational aggression.
Pages 196-197
6-56. Suppose that you read an article that reports gender differences in aggression in Culture
A, but gender similarities in aggression in Culture B. How would the social
constructionist perspective explain these results?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
244 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 197
6-57. The discussion of gender comparisons in physical aggression included information on
crime rates. Which of the following students best understands this topic?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 197-198
6-58. Child A and Child B are both boys who are standing near each other in a kindergarten
classroom, and Child A wants the toy that Child B currently has. Which of the following
is the best example of relational aggression in this situation?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 198-199
6-59. Ostrov and his colleagues studied childrens aggression in a situation where some of the
children did not have the appropriate crayon to color a picture. In this study,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
boys show more overt aggression and more relational aggression than girls do.
boys show more overt aggression, but they show less relational aggression,
compared to girls.
contrary to expectations, boys show less overt aggression and less relational
aggression than girls do.
no consistent gender differences have been found in the research on childrens
aggression.
Page 199
6-60. The gender differences in aggression
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 199
6-61. Studies of gender differences in aggression show that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 200
6-62. Why might the myth of the nonaggressive female actually be harmful for our culture?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 201
6-63. According to the research on leadership,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 201
6-64. How would a boss with a transformational style of leadership respond to a new female
employee?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Notice what she seems to do well, and encourage her to develop that skill even
further.
Promise her a raise if she performs according to a certain standard.
Correct her if she does a task in an inappropriate fashion.
Tell her that it is up to her to decide how she performs a particular job.
Page 201
6-65. If Kristine is an executive who has a transactional style of leadership, she would be most
likely to
*a.
b.
c.
d.
reward employees who correctly accomplish the assignments they had been given.
encourage employees to develop their abilities.
work to gain the trust of the employees.
test and evaluate employees on a daily basis.
Page 202
6-66. The research on leadership shows that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
people prefer female leaders who have a high-power style, rather than a low-power
style.
men who are traditionally masculine are more likely than other men to give
negative ratings to women.
people give similar ratings to Black leaders and White leaders.
surprisingly, the research conducted since about 2005 shows surprisingly little
discrimination against female leaders.
246 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 202-203
6-67. The research about persuasion shows that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
men and women are equally persuasive, if all other factors are equal.
people rate male job candidates equally positively, whether or not they request a
higher salary.
people rate female job candidates equally positively, whether or not they request a
higher salary.
men are more likely than women to rate female candidates negatively if they
request a higher salary.
Page 203
6-68. Suppose that Jane wants to persuade George to do something. If they are typical of their
gender, which of the following best describes the situation?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Jane will be most persuasive if she uses assertive but not aggressive language.
Jane will be most persuasive if she sulks or pouts to get her way.
Jane will not be persuasive if she uses assertive language.
Jane will not be persuasive if she tries to manipulate George into agreeing with her.
Page 203
6-69. Suppose that a man and a woman are debating a controversial topic. Both of them are
standing straight, speaking fairly fast, and using a medium amount of eye contact with the
audience. You would expect the men in the audience to
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 203
6-70. Why do competent women find themselves in a double bind with respect to persuasion?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
247 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 7
more than half of North American women over the age of 16 are currently
employed.
women are especially likely to receive negative evaluations when they are in
traditionally feminine occupations, such as elementary school teaching.
employment rates are higher for women in Northern Africa and Central America
than for women in North America.
because mothers in the United States feel guilty about child care, their rate of
employment has actually dropped during the past decade.
Page 210
7-2. Which of the following statements about employed women is correct?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
The amount of education a woman has had is one of the best predictors of whether
she works outside the home.
Unlike professions such as law or engineering, the profession of medicine has
always welcomed women.
Presently, fewer than 20% of first-year medical students are female.
Medicine is the only high-prestige profession in which the percentage of females
has increased significantly in recent years.
Page 210
7-3. Which of the following statements best describes the factors that influence womens
employment patterns?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
248 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 211
7-4. Suppose that a friend of yours says, Of course immigrant women have an easy life.
Your best response would be:
a.
b.
c.
*d.
You are correct, because they come to North America, and then they take
thousands of good jobs away from the people who are born here.
You are correct, because the women who have graduate degrees get full credit for
all their work experience in their other country, when they are applying for
prestigious jobs in North America.
You are incorrect, because only a small percentage of them even look for work.
You are incorrect, because most of them get jobs that dont pay very well.
Page 211
7-5. Research on the work patterns of immigrant women shows that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 211-212
7-6. Your textbook discusses the research on women and the welfare system in the United
States. This research shows that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
women are likely to go on welfare so that they can receive generous welfare
benefits.
the welfare program encourages women to seek a college education.
current welfare legislation forces women to take low-paying jobs rather than receive
training for higher-paying jobs.
current welfare legislation provides adequate child-care benefits so that women
with children can work outside the home.
Pages 211-212
7-7. Suppose that a friend comments that she is outraged that women in the United States can
receive funds from the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF). Your best
response would be:
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Unfortunately, one of the major problems is that the women on TANF have no
reason to actually get a job.
This is an important problem, because all the states have to use the exact same
criteria for awarding TANF funding.
In many states the funds really arent adequate, and the families in the TANF
program will be poor, even if they find a job.
Actually, the problem is that the fathersrather than the motherstypically
receive the payments.
249 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 211-212
7-8. According to the information about the current US program, Temporary Assistance for
Needy Families (TANF),
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 212
7-9. Access discrimination may involve
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 212-213
7-10. According to the research on access discrimination against women,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
people with strong stereotypes about gender roles are more likely to demonstrate
access discrimination.
access discrimination is more likely to occur for low-prestigious positions.
access discrimination is less likely to occur if the candidates qualifications are
ambiguous.
access discrimination primarily operates when women apply for genderappropriate jobs.
Pages 212-213
7-11. Suppose you are a woman who is applying for a job. You would be most likely to
experience access discrimination if
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the person hiring you has a moderate score on a test of gender-role stereotypes.
the job is considered to be a feminine one.
it is unclear whether you are well qualified.
you have many letters of recommendation that document your previous work
experience.
Pages 212-213
7-12. According to the discussion of Women and Work, access discrimination is especially
likely to operate
a.
b.
*c.
d.
250 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 213-214
7-13. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the
explanations for access discrimination?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Gilda: Employers have overly high expectations for female job applicants, and so a
female applicant is unlikely to live up to these expectations.
Josephine: Female applicants are likely to have a particularly difficult time being
hired for a stereotypically feminine job, and this is why access discrimination is so
common.
Gerald: Employers sometimes believe that the applicant must have stereotypically
masculine characteristics to succeed on the job.
Shawn: Employers often fail to pay enough attention to gender-role spillover,
which is the ability to perform an activity considered appropriate for the other
gender.
Page 214
7-14. According to the concept of gender-role spillover, which is discussed in the chapter titled
Women and Work,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
women often let their family problems spill over into the time spent at work.
women are more likely than men to discuss gender issues in the workplace.
men are likely to sexually harass women who act in a nonstereotypical fashion.
employers may judge a female job applicant on the basis of her attractiveness and
stereotypically female characteristics.
Page 214
7-15. The chapter on women and work discusses the concept of affirmative action. Affirmative
action means that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
251 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 214-215
7-16. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about affirmative
action in the United States?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Lyle: According to the affirmative action laws, relatively large organizations need
to consider qualified women and also people from underrepresented ethnic groups.
Carmen: Affirmative action means that companies must hire unqualified women,
rather than qualified men.
Bryan: About half of the affirmative action court cases involve discrimination
against highly qualified men.
Josefa: The government sets specific quotas about the number of people that a
company must hire from an underrepresented group.
Page 217
7-17. Which of the following statements best describes the conclusions about womens
salaries?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
When factors such as type of job and number of years of experience are equated,
men and women receive roughly equivalent salaries.
At every level of education, females earn much lower salaries than men do.
Men earn significantly more than women if we consider only those who did not
graduate from college; however, gender differences disappear among college
graduates.
The gender gap in salaries is larger between Black men and Black women than
between White men and White women.
Page 217
7-18. According to the research on mens and womens salaries,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 217
7-19. Studies on mens and womens salaries show that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the discrepancy between the salaries operates only for White workers, not for Black
and Latina/o workers.
almost all of the discrepancy in salaries disappears when we consider factors such
as the number of years of experience and whether the worker is part-time or fulltime.
ten years ago, women earned only about 60% of what men earned, but now their
salaries are nearly identical.
although the types of jobs that men and women enter may account for some of the
differences, a substantial part of the wage gap is probably due to discrimination.
252 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 217-218
7-20. Discussions of gender and work often use the term comparable worth. This terms means
that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
men and women should be paid according to the number of years of training or
education they have had.
men and women should receive the same pay for different, but comparable, jobs.
women and men now receive comparable salaries.
women in stereotypically masculine professions should receive salaries comparable
to men in stereotypically feminine professions.
Pages 217-218
7-21. Comparable worth means that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
for any position, the womens abilities must be comparable to the mens abilities.
men should receive larger salaries than women because careful comparisons reveal
that mens jobs are more difficult.
mens work is really comparable to womens work when we examine the actual
types of tasks they do at work.
when men and women perform comparable jobseven if these jobs are actually
differentthey should receive comparable pay.
Page 218
7-22. According to the discussion of comparable worth,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
jobs traditionally occupied by males usually pay more than jobs traditionally
occupied by females, even if the female jobs require more education or
experience.
the most important factor to be used in calculating comparable worth is the salary
that the individual worker has requested.
the argument of comparable worth was relatively successful in US and Canadian
courts during the 1990s.
comparable-worth legislation would actually end up lowering womens salaries
relative to men.
Page 218
7-23. An example of occupational segregation would be that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the average male has a higher salary than the average female.
among a group of college graduates, women would be more likely to go into
teaching, whereas men would be more likely to go into engineering.
within a group of workers, the males would receive higher ratings than the females.
even when men and women work at the same job, they tend to socialize with
individuals of their own gender.
253 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 218.
7-24. The data on employment show that men and women often select careers in different
fields. This tendency is called
*a.
b.
c.
d.
occupational segregation.
comparable worth.
entitlement.
denial of personal disadvantage.
Page 219
7-25. Chapter 7 discusses a study by Bylsma and Major in which undergraduates were asked to
specify what salary they should receive for working as a lab assistant. The results showed
that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 219
7-26. How would the term entitlement be relevant for mens and womens salaries?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Because of affirmative action, women feel that they deserve somewhat higher
salaries than men.
Because of comparable-worth legislation, women and men now expect to receive
equal salaries for differentbut comparablejobs.
Because women are more likely than men to work part time, they know that they
are entitled to smaller annual salaries.
Because men belong to a more privileged social group than women do, men feel
that they deserve higher salaries.
Page 219
7-27. Suppose that you know a woman who receives a low salary as a secretary, despite the
fact that she works long hours and her job requires complex work. However, she tells you
that she thinks her salary is appropriate. She is apparently demonstrating
a.
b.
c.
*d.
entitlement.
the glass ceiling.
comparable worth.
denial of personal disadvantage.
254 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 219
7-28. How do employed women feel about their own salaries, in comparison to mens salaries?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Approximately 25% of women report being angry about the gender gap in salaries.
Women tend to see themselves as underprivileged because they are underpaid.
They are relatively satisfied and they do not acknowledge that they are experiencing
discrimination.
They accept their own lower salaries because they recognize that women in general
are underpaid.
Pages 219-220
7-29. According to the discussion in Chapter 7, the term glass ceiling refers to
*a.
b.
c.
d.
a barrier found in organizations that keeps women and people of color from moving
ahead.
the ratio between the average womans salary and the average mans salary.
a factor that keeps women from complaining about their salaries.
the rule that women must be paid the same salary as men who are doing comparable
work.
Page 220
7-30. Eagly and Carli believe that the labyrinth metaphor is more appropriate than the glassceiling metaphor because
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 220
7-31. Chapter 7 discussed several metaphors that could apply to womens situations in the
workplace. Which of the following metaphors best describes how women encounter
numerous difficulties if they want to reach an ambitious goal?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 220
7-32. Many women remain in low-level jobs because they are never considered for positions
with greater responsibility. The metaphor used to describe this workplace situation
from the viewpoint of a womanis the
a.
*b.
c.
d.
glass ceiling.
sticky floor.
glass escalator.
the basement effect.
255 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 220
7-33. The glass escalator phenomenon occurs when
a.
b.
*c.
d.
women and men of color receive preferential treatment due to affirmative action.
women in nontraditional fields are not held to the same standards as men in those
fields.
men in traditionally feminine fields are quickly promoted to management positions.
a small number of women are promoted quickly, in order to avoid complaints about
discrimination.
Page 221
7-34. According to the research on treatment discrimination,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
women and men are now treated almost exactly the same in the workplace, except
in the area of salary.
even in the current era, women are more likely than men to receive negative
evaluations in the workplace.
women who act in a traditionally feminine manner are especially likely to receive
negative evaluations in the workplace.
women are especially likely to receive negative evaluations in the workplace if the
raters are focused on the evaluation task, rather than having several tasks to do at
the same time.
Page 221
7-35. Research on students evaluations of their professors indicates that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 221
7-36. Deliberate or repeated comments, gestures, or physical contacts of a sexual nature that
are unwanted by the recipient are known as
*a.
b.
c.
d.
sexual harassment.
sexual innuendo.
access discrimination.
heterosexism.
256 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 221
7-37. Which of the following examples illustrates sexual harassment?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
A boss tells his assistant that she is more likely to be promoted if she sleeps with
him.
A boss expects his female secretary to make the coffee.
A male sports announcer states that he doesnt think women should play hockey.
A male employer gives a female employee a low rating on an evaluation form.
Pages 216-221
7-38. Which of the following students best summarizes womens experiences of treatment
discrimination in the current era?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Shawna: As more and more women have entered the workforce, most types of
treatment discrimination have been either eliminated or greatly reduced.
Sid: Male coworkers may make negative comments about women in general;
however, most women workers are included in informal social interactions.
Lana: Women now receive equal treatment in terms of salaries and promotions,
but they are often excluded from informal social interactions.
Jamaica: Women still experience discrimination in salaries, promotions, and
interactions with coworkers.
Pages 221-222
7-39. Bias against lesbians, gay males, and bisexuals is a form of
*a.
b.
c.
d.
heterosexism.
reverse discrimination.
sexism.
essentialism.
Pages 221-222
7-40. Which of the following students best summarizes the experiences of lesbians in the
workplace?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Jeanette: Attitudes towards lesbians and gay men are improving; however, they are
better off both personally and professionally if they dont come out at work.
Kate: Lesbians still experience access discrimination; even once they have a job,
they are sometimes fired if their sexual orientation is discovered.
Dorothy: Most states now prohibit employment discrimination based on sexual
orientation.
Ellen: Experts recommend that the best way to avoid discrimination is to be honest
with potential employers, right from the beginning.
257 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 221-222
7-41. According to the research about employment for lesbians and gay men in the United
States,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 221-222
7-42. Research about the employment of lesbians and gay men indicates that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
they experience no negative reactions from their colleagues who are highly
educated.
people who are open and accepting of their gay identity are higher in self-esteem.
there is no evidence that hiding ones sexual orientation influences a workers
productivity.
when gay men and lesbians do not come out, they report more positive interactions
with coworkers and employers.
Pages 222-223
7-43. Recommendations on what individuals can do about treatment discrimination include
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 223
7-44. Organizations can help to eliminate treatment discrimination by
*a.
b.
c.
d.
258 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 223
7-45. According to the recommendations for eliminating treatment discrimination in the
workplace,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 223
7-46. Chapter 7 pointed out that a company may have an important advantage if it decides to
increase the employee diversity. The reason for this advantage is that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
a company with workplace diversity may increase its sales, because they are closer
to the diversity in the real world.
with greater diversity in the company, people will have less in common with each
other, and the employees will focus more on their job than on socializing.
the employees will be less likely to know about the salaries of their coworkers.
diversity among the employees will reduce the likelihood of the glass-escalator
phenomenon.
Page 225
7-47. Studies on women in traditionally female occupations show that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
even in recent years, more women are employed in traditional occupations rather
than nontraditional ones.
women in these occupations are likely to be given greater independence in making
decisions, in contrast to women in traditionally male occupations.
these are the occupations that have received the most research and attention from
feminists.
jobs that are considered to be traditionally female are highly similar across cultures.
259 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 226
7-48. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about employment
in traditionally female occupations?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Marco: The research demonstrates that a single woman in the United States can
live fairly comfortably on a salary of about $7 an hour, as long as she works 40
hours a week.
Jian: The majority of women in Western Europe are agricultural workers, whereas
in most African countries, the majority are service workers.
Stacey: Immigrant women who are hired to do domestic work are generally hired
at a low salary, and they are expected to work long hours.
Thomas: In Asian and Latin American countries, many women work in
sweatshops, but there are no sweatshops in the United States or Canada because
they are illegal.
Page 226
7-49. According to the discussion about women who are domestic workers,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the law now specifies that these women must earn at least a minimum-wage salary.
health insurance is now one of the guaranteed benefits of this kind of work.
many of these women report that they are treated like modern-day slaves.
the situation of domestic workers has been very well publicized in the current
decade.
Pages 226-228
7-50. Which of the following statements describes the current situation in garment industry
sweatshops?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
A sweatshop worker in Latin America makes barely enough to live on, about $1.30
an hour.
North American sweatshops may have harsh working conditions, but the workers
earn the federal minimum wage.
Although the pay in sweatshops may be low, the corporations usually provide good
working conditions.
Maquiladoras in Latin America are typically run by US corporations.
Pages 226-228
7-51. According to your textbooks discussion of sweatshops,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
260 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 228-229
7-52. Research on the attitudes and personality characteristics of women in traditionally male
high-prestige professions shows that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 228-229
7-53. Women who are employed in traditionally male high-prestige professions
*a.
b.
c.
d.
usually have characteristics that resemble the characteristics of the men in these
professions.
are most likely to be appreciated if they are assertive.
are just as self-confident as the men in these professions.
typically do not experience salary discrimination.
Page 229
7-54. According to research on women and men in traditionally male high-prestige professions,
which of the following areas would be most likely to show gender differences?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 230
7-55. According to the research, women in high-prestige professions
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 230
7-56. According to the discussion of women in blue-collar jobs,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
in general, women in blue-collar jobs are treated better than women in traditionally
male high-prestige professions.
women typically do not experience access discrimination in being hired for bluecollar jobs, but they do experience treatment discrimination.
sexual harassment is more common in traditionally female jobs than in blue-collar
jobs.
there is more research on women in prestigious professions than in blue-collar jobs.
261 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 231
7-57. Which of the following students best summarizes the experiences of women in bluecollar jobs?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Rosie: Surprisingly, in the current era, women are welcome in blue-collar jobs, as
long as they can do the work.
Selma: Women blue-collar workers may experience both access discrimination
and sexual harassment, yet they are often proud of their abilities.
Wilma: Women now constitute about 25% of employees in blue-collar jobs like
firefighter and carpenter.
Delores: There really arent any benefits for women in blue-collar jobs, but they
take whatever work they can get.
Page 231
7-58. Women in blue-collar jobs tend to report that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the extra pay is not enough to justify the drawbacks of these jobs.
they rarely experience harassment or teasing.
their jobs provide a sense of pride and satisfaction.
they are held to the same standards as their male coworkers.
Pages 231-232
7-59. Imagine that you are talking with an individual who is arguing that there are so few
women in engineering because women lack the motivation and the spatial skills to
succeed in this profession. This kind of explanation would be called a(n)
a.
b.
c.
*d.
situation-centered explanation.
comparable-worth argument.
inequity explanation.
person-centered explanation.
Pages 231-232
7-60. What did your textbook conclude about the reasons for the small number of women in
some occupations?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
262 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 231-232
7-61. Suppose that the executives in a large corporation are taking a situation-centered
explanation for the small number of women who occupy leadership positions. One
strategy they should adopt is to
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 234
7-62. Sara and Jack are a married couple; both of them are employed outside the home. If they
are typical of other married couples with respect to household chores,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 234
7-63. Current research about married couples shows that, when both the husband and the wife
are employed,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 234
7-64. According to the research on how married couples split household tasks,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
men spend more hours in the workplace than women do; once you equate for this
factor, the division of housework is roughly equal for males and females.
White couples divide housework unequally, but Black and Latina/o families do not.
Black and Latina/o families divide housework unequally, but White couples do not.
when both a wife and a husband are employed, men still perform less than half of
the housework.
263 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 234-235
7-65. What can we conclude about household tasks?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
In most homes, men and women now share the household chores equally.
Most married women wish that their husbands would help much more with the
housework.
Roughly half of men dont acknowledge how little housework they actually do.
Surprisingly, traditional men do the same amount of housework as nontraditional
men.
Page 235-236
7-66. How is the concept of entitlement related to the performance of household tasks?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 236-237
7-67. Which of the following students provides the best summary of womens employment and
marital satisfaction?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Caleb: When a woman is not employed, she tends to be more satisfied with her
marriage than a woman who is employed outside the home.
Eva Maria: According to the research, employed women and non-employed
women are equally satisfied with their marriages.
Yael: If a woman in a prestigious occupation decides to quit, she will end up doing
less housework and child care than other women, because she used to have a highprestige job.
Scott: A woman with a high salary is more likely to get divorced than a woman
with a low salary.
Pages 236-237
7-68. In general, what can we conclude about the relationship between marital satisfaction and
employment status?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
264 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 237-238
7-69. The research on how mothers and fathers share childcare shows that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
mothers spend about twice as much time as men in taking care of children.
US and Canadian fathers have not really increased their child-care responsibilities
in recent years, despite what you hear in the popular press.
mothers may do more of the housework than fathers do, but fathers and mothers
devote equal time to child care.
the individual differences in sharing child-care responsibilities are so great that we
cannot draw any clear-cut conclusions.
Pages 237-238
7-70. Which of the following students best describes the conclusions about parents taking care
of children?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Mike: A fathers gender-role orientation is not related to his tendency to take care
of his children.
Carol: In the past three decades fathers have increased their child-care
responsibilities, but mothers still perform between 60% and 90% of child-care
tasks.
Miles: Canadian fathers perform a much higher proportion of child-care tasks than
US fathers.
Selina: Children show greater cognitive and social skills when mothers (rather than
fathers) provide a high proportion of the child care.
Pages 237-238
7-71. When fathers perform a large percentage of the childcare tasks,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 238-239
7-72. Which of the following represents the best summary of the current research on child
care?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Children who have been in child-care programs show consistently better social
skills than children cared for primarily at home.
Children in child-care programs show advanced cognitive development, but they
are much less likely to show secure attachment to their mothers than children cared
for at home.
Although attachment seems to be unaffected by child-care programs, cognitive
development can be delayed due to the lack of individual attention.
Many factorssuch as quality of program and the families economic
backgroundseem to influence the effects of child-care programs on children.
265 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 238-239
7-73. Reviews of the research on employed mothers conclude that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 238-239
7-74. According to research investigating the effects of child-care programs on childrens
cognitive development
a.
b.
*c.
d.
children in child-care programs are much slower to develop cognitive skills than
children of the same age who remain at home.
children in child-care programs generally are slower in language development than
children who stay at home; however, the children in child-care programs
dramatically improve and catch up by the time they finish kindergarten.
middle-class children who have been in child-care programs are similar to homecare children, in terms of their cognitive development.
there are no observable differences in the cognitive development of children in
child-care programs and those cared for at home.
Pages 238-239
7-75. Imagine that several students are discussing the advantages and disadvantages of childcare programs for children. Which students statement offers the best summary of the
research in this area?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Chris: The research clearly demonstrates that children are better off in child-care
programs than in home care.
Pat: In general, children who have been in child-care programs and children cared
for at home are similar in their closeness to their mothers.
Fran: At this point, no study has demonstrated any significant differences between
children in child-care programs and children cared for at home.
Kim: Because so much research has been conducted, we can now firmly conclude
that children are better off if they are cared for at home.
266 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 239
7-76. Which of the following students provides the best overview of the maternal employment
discussion?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Andy: The current research still shows that children are better adjusted when they
are cared for at home by a parent.
Nick: There are very few child-care facilities available in urban areas in the United
States, but those that do exist are usually high quality.
Cassandra: Fortunately, most families have the option of high-quality child care, at
reasonable prices.
Nathaniel: The United States is one of the few industrialized countries in the world
that does not have a comprehensive child-care program.
Pages 239-240
7-77. Role strain is
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the difficulty a family experiences when more than two members of that family are
employed.
the sense of hopelessness that housewives feel in trying to obtain satisfaction from
their work.
the perceived difficulty of fulfilling various role responsibilities.
the discrepancy between what a woman believes she is worth and the amount she is
paid.
Pages 239-240
7-78. A woman is likely to experience role strain when
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 240
7-79. Which of the following groups of employed women is most likely to have health
problems?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 240-241
7-80. Research that compares employed women with nonemployed women has demonstrated
that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 240-241
7-81. Investigations of the relationship between employment and mental health indicate that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 240-241
7-82. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the mental
health of employed and nonemployed women?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 240-241
7-83. According to the research about womens employment and their personal adjustment,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
268 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 8
Love Relationships
Page 247
8-1. According to the discussion in Chapter 8 about ideal partners,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
men and women choose very different characteristics for an ideal sexual partner.
men and women choose very different characteristics for an ideal marriage partner.
men and women choose many of the same characteristics for an ideal marriage
partner.
there are no gender differences, as far as the characteristics of an ideal sexual
partner.
Page 247
8-2. Which of the following statements best summarizes the information on dating and
attractiveness?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Men are more likely than women to emphasize physical attractiveness in a sexual
partner.
Women are more likely than men to emphasize physical attractiveness in a sexual
partner.
In the current era, physical appearance is not very important to either males or
females.
Both men and women place more emphasis on attractiveness for a long-term
relationship than for a short-term relationship.
Page 247
8-3. When males and females are describing the characteristics they think are important for a
sexual partner,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
females are much more likely than males to emphasize physical attractiveness.
females are much more likely than males to emphasize health issues.
females are much more likely than males to emphasize overall personality.
females and males emphasize fairly similar characteristics.
269 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 247-248
8-4. Which of the following characteristics are women most likely to want from a male
partner for marriage?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
attractiveness
honesty
romanticism
good income
Pages 247-248
8-5. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement regarding the
research about North Americans ideal romantic partner?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Quincy: The gender differences are small when people judge a partner who would
be ideal for marriage.
Arundhati: In the current era, there are no statistically significant gender
differences when making judgments about either an ideal sexual partner or an ideal
marriage partner.
Sam: Women seldom mention attractiveness, either for an ideal sexual partner or
marital partner.
Sarah: The gender differences are very large when people judge an ideal sexual
partner.
Page 248
8-6. Your text describes several studies about personal ads. The results of these studies
indicate that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
men were more likely than women to specify their ideal partners financial status.
women and men were equally likely to emphasize physical attractiveness in a
partner.
women and men were equally likely to specify that an ideal partner should be
romantic and sensitive.
women were more likely than men to describe their own financial status.
Page 248
8-7. According to the research on ideal romantic partners, which of the following traits would
college women be likely to prefer?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
270 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 249-250
8-8. Cross-cultural research on ideal partners indicates that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
US women are much more likely than women in other cultures to emphasize the
importance of financial prospects in a spouse.
men are more likely than women to emphasize their ideal partners physical
attractiveness regardless of cultural setting.
men in Japan are more likely to emphasize their ideal partners physical
attractiveness than men in the United States.
men in Japan are more likely to emphasize their ideal partners financial prospects
than men in the United States.
Pages 250-251
8-9. According to the evolutionary-psychology approach to preferences in love relationships
a.
b.
*c.
d.
both women and men prefer healthy-looking, attractive partners because they are
most likely to be fertile.
men prefer partners who are intelligent, so that they know how to take care of
children.
women prefer men who have good incomes and are reliable.
both women and men prefer partners who have good incomes, because evolution
favors income and other signs of power.
Page 251
8-10. Critics of the evolutionary approach to preferences in love relationships point out that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the evolutionary approach has failed to identify any genetic mechanism for the
proposed gender differences.
the approach overemphasizes the importance of physical attractiveness and
underemphasizes human intelligence.
cultural differences in mate preferences are much smaller than gender differences in
mate preferences.
the approach does not predict any gender differences.
Page 251
8-11. According to your textbooks criticism of the evolutionary-psychology approach to love
relationships,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
women actually give negative evaluations of reliable men who are nice guys.
most men and women actually say that they plan to have just one sexual partner
once they settle down.
the evolutionary approach can explain same-gender preferences, but not
heterosexual preferences.
the evolutionary approach does not explain all the data, but it is more accurate than
the social-roles explanation.
271 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 251
8-12. The social-roles explanation for preferences in love relationships claims that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 251
8-13. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the socialroles explanation for the pattern of gender comparisons in romantic preferences?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Samantha: The social roles have been evolving over time, so that gender
differences are no longer significant.
Dorota: Females emphasize financial resources because they typically have lower
incomes in our culture.
Mariusz: Culture has little influence on romantic preferences, because biological
factors determine our social roles.
Roy: Gender differences in romantic preferences seem to be inevitable, at least for
the next century or so.
Page 252
8-14. When reporting on their current romantic relationship, heterosexual women are more
likely than heterosexual men to report all of the following emotions except
*a.
b.
c.
d.
passion.
friendship.
commitment.
depression.
Page 252
8-15. Which of the following students provides the most accurate description of gender
comparisons in peoples descriptions of their current heterosexual love relationship?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Keith: Women are more likely than men to report both positive characteristics and
negative characteristics.
Judy: Women are more likely than men to report positive characteristics, but less
likely to report negative characteristics.
Kerissa: Women are less likely than men to report positive characteristics, but
more likely to report negative characteristics.
Saul: Surprisingly, no gender differences have been reported for these
descriptions.
272 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 252-253
8-16. What can we conclude about feelings of friendship among people who are in love?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 253
8-17. People tend to be more satisfied with their love relationships if
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 253
8-18. According to the research about the love relationships of heterosexual couples,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
women are much more likely than men to disclose personal information about
themselves.
relationships that are based on friendship are likely to last for a long time.
when women have a romantic partner who is a feminist, the relationship is less
sexually satisfying.
when men have a romantic partner who is a feminist, the relationship is less
sexually satisfying.
Pages 254-255
8-19. What can we conclude about gender differences in the way that love relationships break
up?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 254-255
8-20. Your textbook discussesin some detailthe research by Choo and her colleagues on
the breakup of romantic relationships. This research showed that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
men and women had fairly similar emotional reactions to the breakup.
men were more likely than women to feel a sense of relief and happiness following
the breakup.
men were more likely than women to have anticipated the breakup, but they were
still more depressed after the breakup.
men were more likely than women to use alcohol or drugs after the breakup.
273 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 254-255
8-21. Research on how women and men cope with the breakup of a love relationship indicates
that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
men are more likely to take alcohol and drugs following a breakup.
women and men are equally likely to blame their partner for a breakup.
women are more likely to blame themselves for the breakup.
men are more likely to distract themselves from thinking about the breakup.
Pages 254-255
8-22. According to research about responses to the breakup of a romantic relationship,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 256-257
8-23. Which of the following statements about marriage is true?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
In the current era, about one-third of the North American adults are married.
The average age for a womans first marriage in the United States and Canada is 21
years old.
In the United States, European Americans are more likely to be married than
Blacks.
In the United States, ethnic-group membership is not related to the likelihood of
being married.
Pages 256-257
8-24. In the United States, which of the following statements about ethnicity and marriage is
correct?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Latina adults are significantly more likely to be divorced than Black adults.
At present, ethnicity is not related to marital status.
Latina women are somewhat more likely than European American women to be
married.
European American women have the lowest marriage rates, probably because they
are more likely than women from other ethnic groups to live with a partner, rather
than be married.
274 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 257-258
8-25. Chapter 8 discusses several studies of marital satisfaction. These studies indicate that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
young married couples are probably the happiest people in any age group.
marital satisfaction drops quickly after the newlywed period, but then levels off for
the remainder of the marriage.
womens marital satisfaction reaches a low point when their children leave home.
intimacy, physical affection, and shared activities all increase over the first 20 years
of marriage.
Pages 257-258
8-26. Which of the following statements about marital satisfaction is correct?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
In the first weeks after marriage, young men are significantly happier than young
women.
Couples satisfaction with their marriages changes substantially as a function of the
number of years of marriage.
Womens marital happiness is at an all-time high when their children are in the
preschool period.
For both men and women, marital satisfaction decreases gradually over the duration
of the marriage.
Pages 257-258
8-27. Suppose that some female and male high school teachers are discussing marriage in the
lounge. Assuming that these people are representative of their gendersand their selfreports are honestwhat would we be likely to find?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
The women would be happier with their marriages than the men.
Those who had been married about 15 to 25 years would be the happiest, no matter
whether they are men or women.
Newlyweds would be the least happy, no matter whether they are men or women.
The women whose children had left home would be somewhat happier than those
whose children still live at home.
Pages 257-258
8-28. In general, the research on marital satisfaction shows that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
men spend more time thinking about the status of their marriage than women do.
women are more likely than men to wish that they could change some parts of their
marriage.
men are more sensitive than women to problems in the marriage.
no significant gender differences have been reported for marital satisfaction.
275 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 258
8-29. According to the chapter on love relationships, which of the following characteristics is
not listed as an important determinant of marital happiness?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 258
8-30. Suppose that Cindy is happily married to Mark. If Mark brings Cindy an unexpected gift,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
she will be happy because she thinks that Mark wanted to do something nice for
her.
she will be suspicious because she thinks that Mark must feel guilty about
something.
she will be unhappy because she thinks that Mark probably doesnt know what she
likes.
she will wait until she has looked at the gift before she figures out how to interpret
Marks behavior.
Page 259
8-31. A married woman who emphasizes marianismo would be most likely to believe that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 259-260
8-32. In discussing the marriages of Latinas, your text refers to the concept of marianismo.
Which of the following statements is true regarding this concept?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Marianismo is the belief that women should play a strong role in the marriage.
Fewer than half of Latinos and Latinas believe that marriages should adopt the
machismo/marianismo pattern.
Most Latinas remain passive in marriage, focusing on their husband and children,
thus supporting the marianismo model.
Unlike most stereotypes, there is not even a grain of truth to the marianismo
myth.
276 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 259-260
8-33. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the
marriage patterns of Latinas/os?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Magda: Most Latinas want their husbands to demonstrate machismo, though they
are reluctant to demonstrate marianismo.
Rigoberto: In the current era, most Latinas and Latinos have completely turned
away from the traditional emphasis on marianismo and machismo.
Alberto: In general, Latinas and Latinos have more traditional marriages than do
European American couples.
Nimian: Most Latinas say that they reject marianismo, but in reality, most Latinas
are very submissive.
Page 260
8-34. According to the research about African American married couples,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 260-261
8-35. Which of the following statements about ethnicity and marriage is correct?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 260-261
8-36. Your text describes the division of power in Hindu immigrant couples from India.
According to this discussion,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
in the current era, these couples tend to divide decision-making power in egalitarian
ways.
these couples tend to divide power along gender-stereotypical lines.
husbands are responsible for all decisions, including decisions about finances and
food.
because of their cultural background, Indian immigrant women are likely to have
more decision-making power than in the typical European American home.
277 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 261
8-37. Approximately what percentage of first marriages currently taking place in the United
States and Canada will end in divorce?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
20%
30%
50%
75%
Pages 261-262
8-38. As Chapter 8 pointed out, couples who live together prior to marriage are more likely
than other couples to get divorced. Based on this information, what can you conclude?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
People who live together before marriage dont have high moral standards, so they
would not feel guilty about getting a divorce.
People who live together before marriage dont have friends who would criticize
them for getting a divorce.
People who live together before marriage dont really respect each other, so they
are likely to get a divorce.
The two factors are related, but you cannot draw any conclusions about causality.
Page 262
8-39. According to the research on divorce,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
women are more likely than men to be surprised by their spouses request for
divorce.
most women report that adjusting to a divorce is substantially easier than they had
expected.
divorce rates are highest for people who have completed college.
women are more likely than men to initiate divorce.
Pages 262-263
8-40. Research about reactions to divorce concludes that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 263
8-41. Which of the following statements about the financial effects of divorce is true?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
278 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 264
8-42. According to the chapter on love relationships, the term sexual minority refers to
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the minority of adults who have not been sexually active in the last 6 months.
people of color who currently are sexually active.
people whose attitudes about sexuality are extremely conservative.
anyone who has an attraction to someone of the same gender.
Page 264
8-43. Which of the following would be an example of heterosexist thinking in research on love
relationships?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Assuming that all couples who are interviewed for a study are sexually active
Interviewing women for a study and assuming that none of them is lesbian or
bisexual
Interviewing husbands but not wives for a study on perceptions of marriage
Assuming that all people interviewed for a study are biased against lesbians and gay
males
Pages 265-266
8-44. The research on the psychological adjustment of lesbian women shows that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 265-266
8-45. What can we conclude about the adjustment patterns of lesbian women?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
279 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 266
8-46. Studies on lesbian identity indicate that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 266-267
8-47. According to the research about lesbian relationships,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
lesbian women tend to prefer partners who are dependable and have a good
personality.
lesbian women usually emphasize physical attractiveness in choosing a partner.
heterosexual women are more likely than lesbian women to start their relationships
with friendship, and fall in love later.
heterosexual women are more likely than lesbian women to emphasize being
emotionally close to ones partner.
Page 267
8-48. Your textbook discussed research on power in lesbian relationships. This research
indicates that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 267-268
8-49. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about peoples
satisfaction with their love relationship?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Harry: Lesbian couples are somewhat less satisfied than unmarried heterosexual
couples.
Pearl: Some studies show that lesbian couples report fewer conflicts than
heterosexual couples.
Corrin: Lesbian couples are less committed to their relationship than unmarried
heterosexual couples.
Anton: Lesbian couples report less psychological intimacy than heterosexual
couples who are dating.
280 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 268
8-50. Your text describes Kurdeks research on relationship commitment. The lesbian couples
in this study were
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 268-269
8-51. Beth and Susans relationship has just ended. If the two women are similar to the lesbians
described in your text, they are likely to
a.
*b.
c.
d.
experience more negative emotional reactions than heterosexual women feel after a
breakup.
experience similar kinds of emotional reactions that heterosexual women feel when
they break up.
experience few emotional reactions other than loneliness.
seek support from family members.
Page 269
8-52. According to the discussion of the breakup of a lesbian couple,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
lesbian couples seldom break up because they feel lonely or emotionally distant
from their partner.
when a relationship breaks up, lesbian women do not experience the same emotions
that heterosexual women experience.
when a relationship breaks up, lesbian women report that they are likely to find
strong emotional support from heterosexual friends.
lesbians are less likely than heterosexual women to say that their families support
keeps them together.
Page 269
8-53. According to Chapter 8s discussion about lesbian women of color,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
281 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 269-270
8-54. A Latina who is lesbian
*a.
b.
c.
d.
is likely to believe that she cannot meet her familys expectations about a
heterosexual marriage.
often believes that her family doesnt notice that she is not dating men.
actually has an easier situation than a European American lesbian.
frequently finds that her religious community is positive about her identity as a
lesbian.
Pages 269-270
8-55. The discussion of lesbian women of color pointed out that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
they are just as likely as White lesbians to emphasize their lesbian identity.
North American cities often have social organizations that can provide support for
them.
most believe that their ethnic communities are just as likely as White communities
to accept their lesbian partner.
most believe that their ethnic communities are more likely to accept gay men than
lesbian women.
Page 270-271
8-56. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the legal
status of lesbian relationships?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Chantal: Compared to other industrialized countries, the United States gives more
legal rights to lesbian couples.
Nicolai: Attitudes toward lesbian marriages are more negative than toward gaymale marriages.
Tessa: Unmarried lesbian couples are denied more than 1,000 benefits that married
couples automatically receive.
Aaron: Lesbians actually have fewer rights now than they did in 2000.
Page 270-271
8-57. According to the discussion of the legal status of lesbian relationships,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
attitudes toward same-gender marriages are much more liberal in the United States
than in most European countries.
compared to men, women have more negative attitudes toward same-gender
marriages.
if lesbian couples were allowed to marry, the only major legal advantage would be
in terms of insurance coverage.
two heterosexual people who are married receive more than 1,000 benefits and
protections, compared to lesbian couples who are not allowed to marry.
282 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 271
8-58. The research about bisexuality shows that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
women are more likely to have had exclusively lesbian relationships than
relationships with both women and men.
bisexual women alternate frequently between exclusively lesbian relationships and
exclusively heterosexual relationships.
bisexual women are equally attracted to both men and women at all periods in their
lives.
bisexual women and lesbian women report being equally happy with their lives.
Page 272
8-59. According to the discussion about bisexual women,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
virtually all of them are in a transition stage that is necessary before accepting a
lesbian identity.
research shows that they are more well adjusted than lesbian women.
they are often rejected by both lesbian and heterosexual communities.
most bisexual women have been married to a man at some time in their lives.
Pages 271-272
8-60. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about
bisexuality?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 272-273
8-61. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about womens
patterns of sexual orientation?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
283 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 272-273
8-62. Which of the following items provides the most accurate summary of Lisa M. Diamonds
research on the fluidity of many womens sexual identity?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Women who have stereotypically masculine careers are twice as likely as other
women to develop a bisexual identity.
Sexual feelings are more important than emotional reactions when women are
making decisions about their sexual identity.
Research on nonheterosexual women shows that there are more stable lesbians
than fluid lesbians.
Research on nonheterosexual women shows that the majority preferred to call
themselves unlabeled at some point in their lives.
Pages 273-274
8-63. The research on the biological basis of sexual orientation has been criticized because
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 274-275
8-64. Your text discusses a number of alternatives to biological explanations of sexual
orientation. Which of these alternatives was supported by the social constructionist
approach?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
The theory that a lesbian is someone who failed to identify with her mother.
The theory that lesbians were sexually molested as children.
The theory that sexuality is fluid and flexible, based on peoples evaluation of life
experiences.
The theory that homosexuality interferes with the successful passing on of genes to
the next generation.
Pages 274-275
8-65. According to the social constructionist approach to sexual orientation,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
284 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 274-275
8-66. How would a social constructionist approach account for sexual orientation?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
People construct an identity that is consistent with the biological predisposition that
has been genetically determined.
People construct a psychological identity that is consistent with the identity of their
parent of the same gender.
People construct same-gender preferences because of their unique learning
experiences.
People construct their own identities based on their interpretation of their life
experiences.
Pages 275-276
8-67. According to the discussion of explanations for sexual orientation,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the research shows that biological factors are more important for women than for
men.
the popular press tends to overemphasize social explanations, rather than biological
explanations.
social constructionists are more likely than other theorists to emphasize biological
explanations.
peoples sexual orientation is often based on their thoughts about their own personal
experiences and attractions.
Pages 275-276
8-68. Lisa M. Diamond developed a theory called the dynamical systems approach.
According to this approach to sexual identity,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
nonheterosexual women notice their sexual feelings, and they reinterpret their
sexual experiences, to create their sexual identity.
prenatal hormonal levels are the most important determinant of sexual orientation.
genetic factors are the most important determinant of sexual orientation.
almost all lesbians knew that they were not heterosexual, beginning at puberty.
Page 277
8-69. Which statement about single women is correct?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
285 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 278-279
8-70. Studies of single women show that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 277-279
8-71. According to the discussion of single women,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 279
8-72. Chapter 8 discussed a survey that asked never-married women, If you couldnt find the
perfect mate, would you marry someone else? The results of this study showed that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the majority of women replied that they would marry someone who wasnt perfect.
the majority of women replied that they would remain single.
the majority of college graduates said that they would marry a less-than-perfect
man, and the majority of other women said that they would remain single.
most women replied that they couldnt answer the question, unless the question
provided more options.
Page 279
8-73. According to the discussion of singlism in Chapter 8,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 279-280
8-74. When asked about the advantages and disadvantages of being single, women who are
single are likely to say that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 280
8-75. According to the discussion of single women of color,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
White women are much more likely than Black women to be single.
an unmarried Mexican American woman will not be trusted to take care of her
elderly parents, so this responsibility falls to her married sisters.
Asian American women are likely to say that they stayed single in order to pursue
an advanced education.
women of color report almost exactly the same reasons for remaining single as do
European American women.
Page 280
8-76. Research on single Black women shows that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
they often prefer to stay single, rather than marry a man who doesnt have job
prospects.
most reported that their closest friend was a male.
the percentage of single Black women is less than the percentage of single White
women.
Black professional women do not feel they need supportive friendships in the
workplace.
287 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 9
Sexuality
Page 286
9-1. According to the discussion of feminist perspectives on sexuality,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
most textbooks for adolescents emphasize that male and female sexuality are
equally important topics.
the media should place greater emphasis on biological factors related to sexuality.
the media are currently more interested in female sexuality, rather than male
sexuality.
research on sexuality often regards mens sexual experience to be the normative
standard.
Pages 286-287
9-2. Which of the following students provides the best summary about theoretical approaches
to sexuality?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Garth: In the current decade, researchers are paying more attention to womens
sexuality than to mens sexuality.
Bryan: If you read the textbooks that high schools use, youll see that they
approach sexuality from the male perspective.
Dede: The essentialist viewpoint on sexuality emphasizes that women differ
widely with respect to their sexual responses.
Monika: The constructionist approach to sexuality emphasizes the importance of
hormonal influences.
Pages 286-287
9-3. Which of the following statements would a social constructionist be most likely to say in
connection with sexuality?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
288 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 287-288
9-4. According to the discussion of anatomy in Chapter 9, the clitoris
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 287-288
9-5. Which of the following external sexual organs is most important, as far as womens
orgasms?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the labia
the clitoris
the mons pubis
the labia minora
Pages 288-289
9-6. Critics of the Masters and Johnson approach to sexual responses emphasize that these
two researchers
a.
b.
*c.
d.
described the stages of sexual response correctly, but they were incorrect about the
order of the stages.
overemphasized the importance of emotions in our sexual responses.
presented a neatly ordered sequence of events that doesnt account for the variety of
sexual experiences.
proposed stages that dont apply to female sexual responses because the studies
were only conducted on men.
Pages 288-289
9-7. During the excitement phase in the sexual response cycle described by Masters and
Johnson,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 289
9-8. During the resolution phase of the sexual response cycle, as described by Masters and
Johnson,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
289 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 289
9-9. According to the discussion of womens sexual responses,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
women typically report that sounds and visual stimuli have little effect on their
sexual experiences.
stimulation of the clitoris is an important component of womens orgasms.
women show little variation with respect to the four phases they experience in
connection with an orgasm.
orgasms resulting from the stimulation of the clitoris produce different kinds of
physiological responses than orgasms resulting from a partners thrusting penis.
Page 289
9-10. Research on womens sexual experiences indicates that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 289
9-11. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summaries of gender
comparisons in sexual responses?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 289-290
9-12. Which statement about gender comparisons in sexual responses is correct?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Women and men are fairly similar in many aspects of the sexual response cycle.
Women have much more subtle psychological reactions to orgasms than men do.
Large gender differences are found in reactions to sexual excitation.
Small gender differences are found in rates of masturbation.
Pages 290-291
9-13. Gender differences are largest in which of the following aspects of sexuality?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 291
9-14. What do current feminist researchers conclude about sexual desire?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
The gender differences in this area are larger than most other psychological gender
differences.
The gender differences in this area are small, and they can generally be traced to
differences in the way that female and male hormones operate.
Gender comparisons show that men and women think about sex equally often.
Gender comparisons show that contemporary men and women want sexual
activities equally often.
Pages 290-291
9-15. Suppose that a friend says, I think that there are fairly large gender differences in sexual
desire. Your response should be
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Yes, the research shows that men report greater sexual desire than women, on
several measures of desire.
Yes, there are gender differences, but they can be explained by the fact that a
mans genitals are easier to see than womens genitals.
No, the results for sexual desire are similar to most other results for gender
comparisonsa few minor gender differences, but mostly similarities.
No, the research has so many methodological problems that we cannot draw any
conclusions about this topic.
Page 293
9-16. According to the discussion of current attitudes toward sexuality in North America,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 293
9-17. What is the current status of the sexual double standard in North America?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
People believe that premarital sex is appropriate for men, but not for women.
Nonfeminists are more likely than feminists to believe in the double standard of
sexuality.
Primetime television generally shows that premarital sex is more appropriate for
women than for men.
Primetime television generally shows that premarital sex is equally appropriate for
both women and men.
291 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 293-294
9-18. Chapter 9 discussed a study by Marks and Fraley, who asked people to read a brief story
about the sexual history of either a male or a female. This individual had either zero or 19
previous sexual partners. Later, the participants were asked to estimate the number of
positive and negative comments about the person, as mentioned in the story. The results
showed that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
people recalled roughly the same number of positive and negative comments about
the man with 19 partners, compared with the female with 19 partners.
people recalled a greater number of positive comments and fewer negative
comments for the man with 19 partners, compared with the woman with 19
partners.
there was no evidence of a sexual double standard.
female participants recalled more negative comments for the female with 19
partners, and male participants recalled more negative comments for the male with
19 partners.
Pages 293-294
9-19. Which of the following students provides the most accurate conclusion about the sexual
double standard?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Davina: Countries around the world have similar attitudes toward intercourse
outside of marriage.
Reemo: Researchers no longer find consistent evidence of a sexual double
standard when North Americans judge the number of sexual partners.
Telica: Even in the most recent studies, people are consistently more likely to
condemn a sexually active female than a sexually active male.
Keli: The only time that the double standard still exists is with respect to
precautions against sexually transmitted diseases.
Pages 293-294
9-20. According to research on the sexual double standard,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 294
9-21. Cross-cultural research on the sexual double standard indicates that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
in the current era, most cultures show little evidence of the double standard.
US students show less evidence of a double standard than Swedish students.
even today, women in some Middle Eastern cultures can be harshly punished or
killed for engaging in inappropriate sexual activities.
the sexual double standard is found consistently across almost all cultures.
292 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 294
9-22. According to the discussion of sexual scripts,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 294
9-23. According to the discussion of sexual scripts,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 294-295
9-24. Studies about parent-child communication show that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
mothers are more likely than fathers to provide information about sexuality to
adolescent females.
parents usually discuss the pleasurable aspects of sexuality with their adolescent
children.
there are no substantial differences between the cultural groups, with respect to
mothers conversations with their daughters about sex.
few mothers discuss any aspect of sexuality with their teen-aged daughters.
Page 295
9-25. According to the research on ethnicity and sex education,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Black mothers are typically more comfortable discussing sexuality than Latina or
European American mothers.
both Black and Latina mothers are usually more comfortable than European
American mothers when they talk about sexuality.
European American mothers are the usually the most comfortable about speaking
about sexuality.
no ethnic differences have yet been identified with respect to discussing sexuality
with children.
Pages 295-296
9-26. The programs on sexuality offered by school systems usually emphasize
*a.
b.
c.
d.
293 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 295-296
9-27. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about sex
education in US schools?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Teresinha: Sex education provides very little information about the biological
basis of reproduction.
Eduardo: Most sex education programs emphasize the emotional aspects of
sexuality.
Cindi: Most sex education programs now include information that is relevant for
lesbian and gay students.
Dora: Currently, the abstinence only until marriage programs are not very
effective in reducing the amount of sexual experience that teenagers have.
Pages 295-296
9-28. Many school systems emphasize the abstinence-only or just say no approach to sex
education. The research about this approach shows that they
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 295-296
9-29. The research on comprehensive sex education programs, as opposed to abstinence-only
programs, shows that teenagers who participate in these comprehensive programs
a.
b.
*c.
d.
engage in more sexual activity, but also use contraceptives more often.
engage in more sexual activity, without increased use of contraceptives.
postpone sexual relationships until they are older.
differ from their parents, because parents typically do not want information about
birth control included in the programs.
Pages 296-297
9-30. The research on media coverage of sexual issues shows that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
294 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 296-297
9-31. Chapter 9 discussed the topic of the media and sexual information. According to analyses
of television messages from the last 10 years,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 298
9-32. According to the research on factors related to adolescent sexual behavior,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 298
9-33. According to the information about sexual behavior in heterosexual adolescents,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 298-299
9-34. When young women discuss their first sexual experience, they frequently report that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 299
9-35. An important problem that must be remembered when interpreting the surveys on sexual
activities is that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the samples usually include participants from too many different ethnic groups.
people are generally more truthful in the area of sexuality than in other important
aspects of behavior.
obtaining a representative sample of respondents is difficult.
researchers usually interview far more women than men.
295 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 299
9-36. Which of the following students best describes the results of the large-scale survey of
adult sexual behavior conducted by Edward Laumann and his colleagues?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Kerri: Men and women have approximately the same number of sexual partners
during their lifetime.
Nigel: Women actually have more sexual partners than men, because women live
longer.
Tonia: Almost 50% of men claimed to have had more than 20 sexual partners in
their lifetime.
Aquil: About 17% of men and 3% of women reported having more than 20 sexual
partners in their lifetime.
Page 299
9-37. According to the research on masturbation,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 300-301
9-38. According to the research on communication about sexuality,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 300-301
9-39. Rose and Jack have been dating for several months now. If Rose is typical of women in
her sexual assertiveness, she will
*a.
b.
c.
d.
296 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 300-301
9-40. Chapter 9 discusses the communication patterns between a male and a female about
sexual activity. According to this research,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
compared with earlier studies, couples now have much more intimate conversations
about the sexual activities they would enjoy.
both men and women are actually fairly skilled at interpreting each others
nonverbal messages.
men are more likely than women to assume that their partner wants to engage in
sexual activity.
there are no significant gender differences with respect to communication patterns
about sexuality.
Page 304
9-41. Research on sexuality among lesbians indicates that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
lesbian couples have problems communicating their sexual needs, just like
heterosexual couples.
lesbian couples value nongenital physical contact, such as hugging and kissing.
sexuality among lesbians focuses on genital stimulation and orgasm.
our culture tends to accept public affection between women, even though more
intimate contact is not tolerated.
Page 301
9-42. Lesbian women
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 302
9-43. Your textbook includes a statement about lesbian sexuality by Laura Brown. She states
that lesbians are like the early map makers. Browns point was that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
lesbians are less happy with their sexual interactions, compared to heterosexual
women.
the range of sexual interactions for lesbians is relatively narrow.
lesbian women create their own scripts about sexuality.
pioneers are likely to receive negative reactions from other people.
Pages 302-303
9-44. Which of the following students statements is correct about sexuality and older women?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 302-303
9-45. Research on older womens sexuality indicates that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 302-303
9-46. The research on older women and sexuality shows that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the vagina becomes less elastic as women grow older, and this problem is difficult
to treat.
a decrease in sexual interest in older women can be traced to a decrease in hormone
levels.
there is a strong correlation between a womans age and her enjoyment of sexual
activity.
North American culture typically portrays older women as having no interest in
sexuality.
Page 303
9-47. When younger people make judgments about sexuality in older people, they usually
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 303
9-48. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about sexual
disorders?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 303
9-49. A disorder that involves low sexual desire
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 303-304
9-50. A disorder known as female orgasmic disorder
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 303-304
9-51. The sexual disorder in which women experience sexual excitement, but dont reach
orgasm, is known as
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 303-304
9-52. One of the most probable causes of female orgasmic disorder is
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 303-304
9-53. In the sexual disorder called female orgasmic disorder,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 304
9-54. Women may develop sexual problems because
*a.
b.
c.
d.
299 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 304
9-55. The discussion of gender roles and sexual problems stated that some sexual problems
may develop because
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 304
9-56. Suppose that a friend says, I think that male gender roles contribute to sexual disorders
in women. Your appropriate response would be
a.
b.
*c.
d.
No, they dont, because researchers believe that female sexual disorders can be
corrected by sex therapy for women.
No they dont, because researchers believe that female sexual disorders are caused
by self-objectification, rather than by male gender roles.
Yes, they do, because male gender roles suggest that men should be aggressive,
and women should be passive.
Its not clear, because researchers have not conducted enough studies to determine
whether gender roles are related to sexual disorders.
Pages 304-305
9-57. The sex therapy technique in which the therapist tries to change peoples inappropriate
negative thoughts about sexuality is known as
a.
b.
c.
*d.
self-objectification.
the psychodynamic approach.
feminist analysis.
cognitive restructuring.
Pages 304-305
9-58. According to a feminist approach to sex therapy,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
people should realize that biological factors cause the clear majority of sexual
problems.
more attention should be paid to stimulating the vagina, rather than the clitoris.
self-objectification is an especially useful technique in sex therapy.
communication and emotional components of sexuality are essential.
300 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 304-305
9-59. Leonore Tiefer is a prominent feminist sex therapist whose work is discussed in
Chapter 9. According to her perspective,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
researchers must pay more attention to biological factors that are related to
sexuality, because this information provides the basic background for psychological
factors.
an important goal in the current decade is to develop medication for women, similar
to Viagra for men.
both women and men should be encouraged to engage in more self-objectification,
so they can be more aware of their sexual responses.
an ideal feminist approach to sex therapy would emphasize factors such as
tenderness and emotional closeness.
Pages 306-308
9-60. Which of the following birth control methods is least effective in preventing pregnancy?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
rhythm method
diaphragm with spermicidal cream
tubal sterilization
condoms
Pages 306-308
9-61. Which of the following birth control methods is most effective in preventing pregnancy?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
withdrawal
diaphragm and spermicidal cream
tubal sterilization
the rhythm method
Pages 306-308
9-62. According to the data on birth control,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
a sexually active woman who uses no birth control for one year has a 45% chance
of becoming pregnant.
abstinence is the only birth control method that is 100% effective in avoiding
pregnancy.
the majority of birth control methods are also effective in eliminating the risk of
AIDS.
most birth control methods are designed to be used by men, rather than women.
301 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 307-308
9-63. A relatively new method of preventing pregnancy is emergency contraception.
According to the discussion in Chapter 9, emergency contraception
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 309
9-64. Chapter 9 showed a diagram about teenage pregnancy in the United States, which
includes information about the number of premarital births, the number of abortions, and
so forth. According to this information,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 309
9-65. An estimated ______ of all pregnancies in the United States are unintended at the time of
conception.
a.
b.
c.
*d.
10%
20%
33%
50%
Page 309
9-66. The research about birth control methods and sexuality in the United States suggests that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
approximately half of all pregnancies were not planned at the time of conception.
social class is no longer related to the likelihood of using birth control.
about 80% of women who have graduated from college say that they use birth
control regularly.
so far, the use of birth control does not seem to be correlated with any personality
characteristics.
Page 309
9-67. Women who use effective birth control methods are most likely to be
a.
b.
c.
*d.
302 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 309
9-68. Which of the following students provides the most accurate statement about factors
related to womens use of contraception?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Esther: Black women are much more likely than Latina women to use
contraception.
Arturo: Level of education is related to the use of contraception.
Daria: Social class is no longer related to the use of contraception, though it was in
previous eras.
Babette: Researchers have not been able to identify any personality characteristics
that are correlated with the use of contraception.
Page 309
9-69. Women who are most likely to use effective birth control are typically
*a.
b.
c.
d.
high in self-esteem.
from lower social classes.
women of color.
women who are not feminists.
Pages 310-311
9-70. The discussion of birth control pointed out that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
parents and educators often avoid discussing sexuality and birth control with
teenagers.
people who have traditional values are the most likely people to use birth-control
methods.
there are several contraceptives available now that are problem-free.
contraceptive services are readily available to adolescents.
Pages 310-311
9-71. One reason that women may be reluctant to use birth control is that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
many women have not heard about birth control as an important issue.
most women secretly want to have a baby.
many women do not want to think about the fact that they are sexually active.
all of the effective contraceptives have been demonstrated to have high health risks.
Pages 310-311
9-72. What can we conclude about the topic of unwanted pregnancies?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Stronger just say no messages against sexual activity would substantially reduce
the number of pregnancies.
If contraceptives were mentioned less often, the number of unwanted pregnancies
would clearly decrease.
Many women do not think that they, personally, are likely to get pregnant.
The cost and availability of contraception are no longer factors that contribute to
unwanted pregnancy.
303 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 311-312
9-73. The discussion of international family planning data indicated that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the United States leads the world in the percentage of couples using some kind of
contraceptive.
one of the best predictors of using birth control in developing countries is the
female literacy rate.
almost all married couples throughout the world have access to family planning,
though unmarried couples do not.
the overall use of contraceptives in Africa equals the overall use of contraceptives
in North America.
Pages 311-312
9-74. The research on family planning in developing countries shows that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
countries that are predominantly Catholic have the lowest rate of contraceptive use.
countries in Africa are more likely than countries in Latin America to have a high
rate of contraceptive use.
there is a strong correlation between female literacy rate and the use of
contraceptives.
worldwide, the overall rate of contraceptive useby sexually active couplesis
now approaching 80%.
Pages 311-312
9-75. Chapter 9 discusses family planning in developing countries. According to this
discussion,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the birth rate in most developing countries has been remarkably stable for the last
30 years.
surprisingly, female literacy rates are not correlated with fertility rates.
throughout the developing countries, about 85% of sexually active couples use
some form of contraception.
women in some countries in Africa have an average of more than 6 children.
Page 312
9-76. According to the original Roe v. Wade decision in 1973,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 312
9-77. Before the Roe v. Wade decision in 1973, approximately
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 313
9-78. According to the discussion of miscarriages and abortion in Chapter 9,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
women who smoke cigarettes when they are pregnant are about twice as likely as
nonsmokers to have a miscarriage.
the abortion rate for US adolescents is lower than for most European adolescents.
in countries where abortion is illegal, women seldom die from an abortion.
in the United States, a woman is more likely to die from an abortion than from
childbirth.
Page 313
9-79. According to the discussion of abortion and miscarriage in the United States,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 313
9-80. What conclusion can we draw about abortion in the United States?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 313
9-81. Research shows that the major reaction that most women feel after an abortion is
*a.
b.
c.
d.
relief.
low self-esteem.
anxiety.
long-lasting depression.
Page 313
9-82. Women who have had an abortion
a.
*b.
c.
d.
305 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 313
9-83. Adjustment after an abortion is more difficult for a woman if she
*a.
b.
c.
d.
is low in self-efficacy.
has an abortion early in her pregnancy.
feels that her friends support her decision.
feels competent in other aspects of her life.
Pages 313-314
9-84. Chapter 9 discusses the children born to women who had been denied abortion. This
research shows that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 313-314
9-85. According to the research on children born to women who had been denied an abortion,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
these children did not differ significantly from children from a wanted pregnancy.
although these children had psychological problems during the first 12 years of life,
they were well adjusted once they reached adolescence.
these children were more flexible and self-sufficient than children from a wanted
pregnancy.
when these children reached adulthood, they were more likely than other children to
have marital and drug problems.
Page 314
9-86. Information on single motherhood as an alternative to abortion indicates that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
most young single mothers have problems completing school and finding a job.
both Canada and the United States provide fairly extensive social support and
services for unmarried women and their children.
in the current era, being a single mother no longer carries a social stigma.
approximately 200,000 women become single mothers each year.
306 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 10
the topic of pregnancy is now one of the most active research areas in the
psychology of women.
the psychology research on pregnancy primarily focuses on normal, uncomplicated
pregnancies.
the psychology research tends to focus on topics such as teen pregnancy and
unwanted pregnancies.
many current television sitcoms focus on pregnancy and childbirth.
Pages 319-320
10-2. The beginning of Chapter 10 pointed out that pregnancy
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 319-320
10-3. The introduction to the section on pregnancy and childbirth pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
in the current era, mothers hold positions of substantial prestige in North American
culture.
the popular media pay attention to pregnancy and childbirth, but researchers tend to
ignore this important area.
both researchers and the media tend to pay little attention to events concerned with
motherhood.
researchers tend to focus on the positive aspects of pregnancy and childbirth.
307 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 320
10-4. The discussion of the biology of pregnancy stated that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the egg and sperm unite while the egg is traveling down the fallopian tube.
the uterine lining is sloughed off just after the fertilization of the egg has occurred.
the fallopian tubes are responsible for increasing the production of progesterone and
estrogen in a pregnant woman.
the placenta develops during the first months after fertilization, but then it gradually
diminishes in size toward the end of pregnancy.
Page 320
10-5. The placenta
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 321
10-6. The research on nausea during pregnancy shows that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 321
10-7. What can be concluded about physical reactions to pregnancy?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 321
10-8. Imagine that a group of pregnant women at a childbirth-education class is discussing their
feelings about sexuality. What would be your prediction about their interest in sex during
pregnancy?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Surprisingly, the majority would find sex more appealing than prior to pregnancy
at least during the first six months of pregnancy.
About 95% would report that they are less interested in sex than prior to pregnancy.
The majority would say that their interest in sex has not changed.
Although many would report decreased interest, some would report no change and
some would report increased interest.
308 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 325
10-9. According to the discussion of sexual interest during pregnancy,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the majority of women report less interest in sex when they are pregnant, but
individual differences are prominent.
contrary to public opinion, most women report greater interest in sex than prior to
their pregnancy.
although the majority of women say that they are less interested in sex when they
are pregnant, the frequency of sexual intercourse is actually higher during
pregnancy.
we do not have useful data on this topic, because psychologists have paid so little
attention to research on pregnancy.
Page 322
10-10. A common emotional reaction to pregnancy is
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 322
10-11. According to the discussion on emotional reactions to pregnancy,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
women are typically depressed during the second and third trimesters of pregnancy.
women often report feeling somewhat anxious and emotionally fragile during
pregnancy.
women typically report that their strongest feeling is that other people admire them
and respect them.
most women report primarily negative emotions about their pregnancy.
Page 322
10-12. Studies of pregnant women show that they
*a.
b.
c.
d.
309 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 322
10-13. Research on pregnant women and smoking indicates that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
many pregnant women try to stop smoking, but its difficult to overcome this
addiction.
Black and Latina women are more likely than White women to smoke during
pregnancy.
although women are aware of the harm to the developing fetus, few pregnant
women try to stop smoking during their pregnancy.
pregnant women typically increase their rate of smoking, because hormonal
increases strengthen nicotine addiction.
Page 323
10-14. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the information
about womens reactions to pregnancy?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 323
10-15. Womens emotional reaction to pregnancy seems primarily to depend on
a.
b.
c.
*d.
hormonal factors.
cultural definitions of motherhood.
the level of approval received from others.
a combination of physical, social, and cultural factors.
Page 323
10-16. With respect to pregnancy, the term miscarriage is defined as
a.
b.
c.
*d.
a situation in which a woman delivers a baby more than two months prior to the due
date.
a pregnancy in which the fertilized egg is not implanted in the uterus.
a false pregnancy in which menstruation has been biologically suppressed,
leading the woman to believe that she is pregnant.
a termination of pregnancy that is not intended, prior to the 20th week of
pregnancy.
310 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 323
10-17. According to the discussion of miscarriage,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 323
10-18. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about women
who are pregnant during extremely stressful catastrophes?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Gwen: Fortunately, the fetus is very well protected inside the uterus, and so a
pregnant woman does not have an increased risk of a premature delivery or a lowbirthweight newborn.
Hildegard: Women do not have an increased risk of a premature delivery or a lowbirthweight newborn, but the newborn is more likely to have developmental
delays.
Nizam: Women do have an increased risk of a premature delivery, but no
increased risk of a low-birthweight newborn or a newborn with developmental
delays.
Pablo: Women have an increased risk of a premature delivery, as well as a lowbirthweight baby.
Page 323
10-19. According to the research on emotional reactions, pregnant women
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 324
10-20. Imagine that you are at a party at a friends home, and you see a pregnant woman in one
of the rooms. Based on the information in the section on attitudes toward pregnant
women, you would expect to find that people would
a.
*b.
c.
d.
avoid any mention or acknowledgment of her pregnancy, consistent with the point
that pregnancy is an invisible topic.
be likely to touch her stomach and give plenty of uninvited advice.
stand somewhat closer to her than to a nonpregnant woman.
avoid being in the same room with her, because its embarrassing to discuss the
topic of pregnancy.
311 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 324
10-21. Which of the following would be the best example of hostile sexism directed toward a
pregnant woman?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 324
10-22. According to the discussion of hostile and benevolent sexism toward pregnant women,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
people tend to show both hostile and benevolent sexism toward a woman who is
pregnant.
people tend to show hostile sexismbut not benevolent sexismtoward a pregnant
woman.
people tend to show benevolent sexismbut not hostile sexismtoward a pregnant
woman.
surprisingly, people treat pregnant and nonpregnant women similarly, in terms of
these two forms of sexism.
Page 324
10-23. You visit a nearby mall and look through two department stores that cater to two different
kinds of shoppers. If you looked in the maternity clothes section of each store, you would
be likely to see that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
in the low-status store, the maternity clothes are near the baby clothes, but in the
high-status store, the maternity clothes are near the luxury clothing.
in the low-status store, maternity clothes are near the uniforms.
in the low-status store, maternity clothes are much more visible, so that pregnant
women are encouraged to feel special.
in both cases, maternity clothes are close to the sportswear.
Page 325
10-24. Which of the following students provides the best summary of the information about
pregnant women and employment?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Tomas: Black women and women in developing countries have usually expected
that they will work during pregnancy.
Silvia: Currently, very few North American women continue their jobs until just
before their due date.
Andrea: During pregnancy, even normal physical activity in the workplace often
results in a premature delivery.
Stephen: In the current decade, pregnant women are not at risk for premature
delivery caused by physically demanding activities in the workplace.
312 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 325
10-25. According to the US research about womens employment during pregnancy,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
most recent college graduates do not plan to be employed following the birth of
their first child.
when women work outside the home during pregnancy, they have an increased risk
for premature delivery.
most women can take time off during the last weeks of pregnancy, without losing
any salary.
female and male employees are both likely to avoid hiring a pregnant job applicant.
Pages 326-237
10-26. The discussion of biological components of childbirth pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 326-327
10-27. Which of the following statements about labor and childbirth is correct?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 326-237
10-28. During the third stage of labor,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 327-328
10-29. Which of the following students statements about childbirth is true?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Marissa: The third stage of labor occurs when the baby is actually delivered, and it
usually lasts less than 20 minutes.
Asenate: The total duration of labor varies from woman to woman, but it seems to
be determined by individual hormonal levels.
Jessica: In the United States and Canada approximately 50% of all deliveries are
performed by cesarean section, mostly for the convenience of doctors.
Kristi: In the United States, Black women are almost twice as likely as White,
Latina, and Asian mothers to have a preterm birth.
313 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 328
10-30. The discussion of preterm births pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the incidence of preterm birth does not seem to be related to the number of years of
education a woman has.
no ethnic-group differences have been reported in the incidence of preterm births.
women who are overly thin are at risk for a preterm birth.
in North America, most babies who are born prematurely are no longer considered
at risk for medical complications.
Page 328
10-31. The data on Cesarean births show that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the newborns health is significantly better with a Cesarean birth than with a vaginal
birth.
women who have had Cesarean births are more likely than other women to say that
the birth experience was traumatic.
unfortunately, it is very difficult for hospitals to reduce their rate of Cesarean births.
most women actually prefer to have a Cesarean birth, but physicians prefer vaginal
delivery.
Page 328
10-32. Your textbook discussed the relationship between social factors and the childbirth
experience. According to this discussion,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
researchers have not yet studied this issue systematically, but anecdotal evidence
suggests that social factors are important.
researchers have studied this relationship, and they did not find a connection
between social factors and childbirth.
researchers have found that women require less medication if a nurse or a relative
remains with them during childbirth.
researchers were surprised to find that women actually require longer labor if a
nurse or a relative remains with them during childbirth.
Page 328
10-33. A friend says that she has heard that social factors can influence a womans childbirth
experience. According to the information in Chapter 10, you should reply,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
No, the mother may be happier if someone stays with her during labor and
delivery, but there are no consistent advantages, as far as her actual childbirth.
No, the mother is actually more self-conscious and nervous if someone stays with
her during labor and delivery.
Yes, in Canadian and US research, a woman has fewer complications if she has the
same nurse staying with her during labor and delivery.
Unfortunately, there has been no well-controlled research on this important topic.
314 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 328
10-34. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the research on
social factors and childbirth?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 329
10-35. According to the discussion of emotional reactions to childbirth,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
almost all women feel that childbirth is one of the major peak experiences in their
lives.
most women actually have little emotional reaction to childbirth.
most women are so physically weary that exhaustion is their primary reaction to
childbirth.
some women have extremely positive emotions, but some women have extremely
negative emotions.
Page 329
10-36. What can we conclude about emotional reactions to childbirth?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
With the right mental attitude, a woman in labor should not find childbirth to be an
uncomfortable experience.
There is a wide range of emotional reactions to the childbirth experience.
Most womens descriptions of childbirth do not emphasize the pain.
Despite the media images, most women report either a neutral or a negative reaction
to the childbirth experience.
Page 329
10-37. The high-tech approach to childbirth has
*a.
b.
c.
d.
led to lower death rates for both babies and their mothers.
made mothers feel more positive about their infants.
reduced the number of cesarean births that are performed.
eliminated most of the pain of childbirth.
315 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 329-330
10-38. An important principle of natural childbirth is that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 329-330
10-39. Studies on natural childbirth have shown that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 331-332
10-40. According to the stereotypes about motherhood,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 332
10-41. How are mothers actually treated in our North American culture?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 332-334
10-42. According to your textbooks discussion of the reality of early motherhood,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
fathers typically help much more with childcare than mothers had expected.
mothers often report that they do not feel competent about taking care of a newborn.
mothers often report that their babys social interactions match the expectations that
they had created about motherhood.
mothers are generally pleased to see that they can easily adopt the role of an
unselfish mother.
316 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 332-334
10-43. A woman who has just had a child is likely to feel that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
she has been well trained for her work as a new mother.
although the baby demands care at many times throughout the day and night, she
does not actually spend many hours on the task.
her newborn gives little positive reinforcement or emotional reaction other than
crying.
most people will express their admiration for a mothers competent child care.
Pages 332-334
10-44. Imagine that you have a friend who delivered a healthy baby about a week ago. Which of
the following reactions might you expect her to report?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the United States and Canada have the lowest infant mortality rates in the world.
in some countries in Africa, more than 10% of infants die before their first birthday.
the countries with the lowest infant mortality rates are all located in Europe.
all the developed countries have almost identical infant mortality rates.
Page 334
10-46. The data on infant mortality and maternal mortality rate show that:
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 334-335
10-47. A mother of a young infant has many positive emotional reactions to childbirth. Which of
the following positive reactions is not likely to be reported?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 332-335
10-48. Which of the following students provides the best summary of the reality of motherhood?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Janelle: For most mothers, the exhaustion and drudgery of motherhood far
outweighs the few positive aspects.
Jamilla: The positive aspects of motherhood are much more concrete than the
negative aspects.
Jerri: Although mothers list many more positive aspects of motherhood, the few
negative aspects are much more intense.
Jill: Despite the very real difficulties of motherhood, for most women the benefits
to personal growth and rewards of interacting with children outweigh the
limitations.
Page 335
10-49. The data on birth rates for US ethnic groups show that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the average adult White woman and the average adult Black women have about the
same number of children.
the average Latina woman has almost twice as many children as the average White
woman.
Native American women have the highest birth rate of all ethnic groups.
Asian women have a significantly lower birth rate than any other ethnic group.
Pages 335-336
10-50. What is one typical difference between the motherhood experiences of Black women and
White women?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 336
10-51. According to the discussion of motherhood and women of color,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
318 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 336
10-52. Studies of motherhood in different North American cultures indicate that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
for immigrant women, cultural beliefs may conflict with modern medical practices.
the customs and rituals surrounding pregnancy are similar across a wide variety of
cultures.
Black mothers, who pride themselves on their strength and independence, prefer to
raise their children alone.
most North American Indian cultures emphasize the importance of fathers
participating in the birth experience.
Pages 336-338
10-53. Suppose that you learn that a lesbian couple and their children have moved to a home in
your neighborhood. If you were to meet their children, you could expect to find that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
their intellectual development would be similar, but they possibly would be slightly
lower in social competence, compared to children in heterosexual households.
their social, cognitive, and emotional competence would be slightly lower than the
competence of children in heterosexual households.
their psychological well-being and social skills would be somewhat higher than
those of children in heterosexual households.
their intellectual skills, adjustment, and popularity would be similar to that of
children in heterosexual households.
Pages 336-338
10-54. Suppose that you read an article about lesbian couples who are rearing children. You
would be most likely to trust this article if it said:
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Most of the children have positive attitudes about their mothers nontraditional
relationships, and they are also socially well-adjusted.
Most of the children are accepting about their mothers relationships, but they are
actually more racist than children reared by two heterosexual parents.
Children raised by two heterosexual parents are more likely to be lower in social
adjustment, compared to children raised by two lesbians.
Because lesbian parenting is a sensitive topic, there hasnt been enough research to
draw clear-cut conclusions.
Pages 336-338
10-55. Studies of children raised in lesbian households find that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
they are more likely to be gay or lesbian than children raised by heterosexuals.
they are similar to children raised in heterosexual households in both psychological
health and feelings about their families.
they score lower in popularity with peers than children raised in heterosexual
households.
they have lower scores in moral development, self-concept, and social competence,
but similar levels of intelligence, compared to children raised in heterosexual
households.
319 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 338-339
10-56. Which of the following statements about breast feeding is correct?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Mothers who breast-feed do not differ in any significant way from mothers who do
not breast-feed.
About 80% of North American mothers now breast-feed their infants, at least in
early infancy.
Teenage mothers are more likely to breast-feed than older mothers.
Mothers from low-income families are more likely than upper-income families to
breast-feed, primarily for economic reasons.
Pages 338-339
10-57. According to the discussion of breast feeding,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
in the current decade, less than half of all North American women breast-feed their
newborn infants.
mothers who are older than 30 are more likely than younger mothers to breast-feed
their infants.
because of marianismo, Latina women are more likely than women from other
ethnic groups to breast-feed their infants.
it is surprisingly difficult to design programs that encourage women to breast-feed
their infants; so far, none of them have been successful.
Pages 338-339
10-58. Which of the following is not one of the advantages of breast feeding (as opposed to
bottle feeding)?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 339
10-59. An important distinction between postpartum blues and postpartum depression is that
postpartum blues
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 339
10-60. In the United States and Canada, postpartum blues
*a.
b.
c.
d.
are experienced by about half of women who have recently given birth.
usually last about two weeks.
are most common in women who have already had two or more children.
is another term for postpartum depression.
320 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 339
10-61. Postpartum depression
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 339-340
10-62. According to the discussion in Chapter 10, postpartum depression is
a.
*b.
c.
d.
a short-lasting negative mood change that typically goes away within the first two
weeks after childbirth.
a disorder that occurs in approximately 10% of new mothers in Canada and the
United States.
a disorder that is found in Canada, the United States, and Europe, but is rarely
reported in other countries.
a disorder that is actually quite different from the kind of clinical depression that is
found in women who have not recently experienced childbirth.
Pages 339-340
10-63. Which of the following women is least likely to develop postpartum depression?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 339-341
10-64. The discussion of postpartum disturbances suggests that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 341-342
10-65. According to the research on attitudes toward maternal employment,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
people typically say that mothers of young children should work outside the home,
if they want to.
people typically say that even well-educated mothers should not work outside the
home.
there is often a no win dilemma about whether mothers should work outside the
home.
people are likely to say that mothers themselves are the best judge about whether
they should work outside the home.
321 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 341-342
10-66. According to the research about maternal employment,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
people frequently think that employed mothers are less competent than employed
women who have no children.
even when a woman feels that her employment is personally important, she is likely
to realize that a lengthy maternity leave is actually quite restful and pleasant.
mothers who work outside the home have somewhat more mental health problems
than mothers who stay home with their children.
most studies on maternal employment have such small sample sizes that we cannot
draw useful conclusions about this topic.
Pages 342-344
10-67. Which of the following students best summarizes the research on attitudes toward
childfree women?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Gloria: Although past studies found that these women were judged to be extremely
selfish, the current research finds no biases toward childfree women.
Dawn: Childfree women are rated as just as happy as women with children.
Aimee: Childfree women are considered to be as fulfilled as women with children,
but they are judged to be less happy.
Shayonna: Women with children are considered to be happier and more fulfilled,
and to have a more rewarding life than childfree women.
Page 344
10-68. According to research about couples reasons for not wanting to have a child, the results
included all of the following reasons except:
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 345
10-69. Dawn and Dennis have decided not to have children. Their friends, Tom and Anita, are
trying to provide them with reasons for having children. According to the research
discussed in your text, Tom and Anitas reasons for having children are most likely to
include:
a.
b.
*c.
d.
322 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 345-346
10-70. According to the discussion of infertility,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 345-346
10-71. Research on infertility indicates that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
most women who are infertile have a long-standing sorrow about not being able to
have a child.
infertility may cause distress and anxiety to couples.
distress and anxiety may cause infertility.
infertile couples report much lower levels of marital satisfaction than fertile
couples.
323 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 11
Pages 351-352
11-2. The topic of physical health is important in a textbook about the Psychology of Women
because
a.
b.
*c.
d.
this topic provides additional examples of gender similarities in almost every area.
we need to discuss why women die at an earlier age than men do.
gender makes a difference in the way that a disease is diagnosed.
women are significantly less likely than men to have a chronic health problem.
Pages 351-352
11-3. The introduction to the chapter on women and physical health emphasizes that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the same pattern of no major gender differences is even more true in this chapter
than in previous chapters.
an important gender difference is that alcohol has less influence on women, even
when factoring in a persons body weight.
the situation is different when we consider the research on physical health; here, the
female is considered normative.
gender often influences how a health problem is diagnosed.
324 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 351-352
11-4. Which of the following students statements about gender and health is true?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 352
11-5. The chapter on womens physical health pointed out that the only kind of female health
problem that receives abundant attention is
a.
b.
*c.
d.
lung cancer.
heart disease.
problems with the reproductive system.
Alzheimers disease and related disorders.
Pages 351-352
11-6. Suppose that an acquaintance of yours asks, Why should there be a chapter about
womens health in your Psychology of Women textbook? One correct response would be
that this chapter is necessary
a.
b.
*c.
d.
to demonstrate that women and men are even more similar in their physical health
than they are in their mental health.
to dismiss the myth that physicians treat women differently than men, because
gender bias no longer occurs.
to discuss the kind of health problems that women are most likely to experience.
to point out that most of womens psychological problems can be traced to physical
illnesses.
Page 353
11-7. According to the discussion of women in medicine,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
325 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 353-354
11-8. Which of the following statements is correct concerning the biases against women in the
health-care system?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Women are less likely than men to have full-time employment, so their schedules
are more flexible and they are more likely to participate in medical research.
Important medical research that has implications for womens lives has often
excluded females from the research population.
Women are often depicted in medical textbooks, creating the impression that
women are sick, rather than healthy.
Women experience substantial discrimination in applying to medical school.
Pages 353-354
11-9. Which of the following statements best summarizes the medical treatment that women
receive?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 353-354
11-10. The discussion of womens medical care pointed out that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 354
11-11. Chapter 11 discussed conversational patterns between physicians and patients. This
discussion pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
326 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 355
11-12. Research on gender differences in life expectancy shows that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
White women live longer than White men, but there are no substantial gender
differences in life expectancy for Black women and men.
in almost every country in the world, women live longer than men.
women have a significant advantage over men, with respect to both life expectancy
and morbidity.
once the data are corrected for gender differences in genetic and hormonal factors,
men and women are similar in their life expectancy.
Page 355
11-13. The chapter on physical health included a graph that showed the gender comparisons in
life expectancy. According to this graph,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the US data show much greater gender differences for Black individuals than for
White individuals.
the Canadian data show much greater gender differences than the United States.
both men and women in Canada have much greater longevity than men and women
in the United States.
both the US data and the Canadian data show somewhat greater life expectancy for
women than for men.
Page 355
11-14. According to your textbook, one explanation of the gender differences in lifespan is that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 355
11-15. Which of the following students provides one of the valid explanations for gender
differences in life expectancy?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Sadie: Most researchers focus on the possibility that the X chromosome and
female hormones protect women against health problems.
Bessie: Women live longer because they are much less likely to be overweight.
Kate: Women actually experience about half as many serious illnesses as men do.
Rosa: Women visit their health-care providers more often than men do.
327 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 356
11-16. On a talk show about medical issues, you hear the guest physician discussing the number
of people in the United States whose overall health is poor. A term you are especially
likely to hear in connection with this discussion is
*a.
b.
c.
d.
morbidity.
disability.
mammography.
comorbidity.
Page 356
11-17. Your textbook discusses gender comparisons in morbidity in North America. According
to this discussion,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
women live longer than men, so women are more likely to have health problems
associated with old age.
although women are more likely than men to experience physical abuse from a
partner, this abuse encourages women to seek health care, leading to higher
morbidity.
morbidity is based on self-report, so there are probably no actual gender differences
in morbidity.
morbidity is calculated in a biased way, and women are actually less likely than
men to have serious health problems.
Page 356
11-18. Which of the following examples is most clearly related to gender differences in
morbidity?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 356-357
11-19. According to the information about social class and health in the United States,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
328 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 356-357
11-20. According to the discussion of social class and health status in the United States,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
several different measures of social class show no relationship between social class
and life expectancy.
the US spends more money on health care, per person, than any other country in the
world.
the data show than the US is among the top 10 countries in the world, with respect
to life expectancy.
as of 2007, about 5 million US citizens did not have any health insurance.
Pages 356-357
11-21. According to the discussion of the US health care system,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
people who have private insurance typically receive the best medical care.
men are more likely than women to have Medicaid insurance.
for women of color, Medicaid insurance typically provides better coverage than do
the private insurance programs.
contrary to popular opinion, private insurance and Medicaid actually provide
similar kinds of medical care.
Page 357
11-22. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about health
issues for females in developing countries?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Tatiana: Parents are more likely to get medical care for sons than for daughters.
Joaquim: In Africa and the Middle East, sons and daughters get similar medical
care; in Latin America and Asia, sons get better care than daughters.
Cynthia: The only time when women get adequate nutrition and medical care is
when they are pregnant; at other times, they experience bias.
Hank: Women in developing countries experience problems during pregnancy and
childbirth, and they are twice as likely as North American women to die in
childbirth.
Page 357
11-23. Chapter 11 discussed the health of women in developing countries. According to this
discussion,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
329 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 357
11-24. According to the discussion of women in developing countries,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
women and men have more nearly equal health status than in North America.
most women manage to get good nutrition, even though they may never visit a
health facility.
women are about 100 times as likely to die during childbirth as in the United States.
ironically, women actually receive better health care than men do, often because
their childbearing ability is valued.
Page 358
11-25. Which of the following statements about female genital mutilation is correct?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 358
11-26. Suppose that a young female patient in the United States suffers from complications from
female genital mutilation, performed before she emigrated. People from this patients
culture are likely to believe that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the procedure makes the genitals cleaner and reduces sexual activity outside of
marriage.
the procedure increases male sexual pleasure by altering the location of the
womans vagina.
the operation is not especially painful.
modern surgical instruments have reduced the danger of the procedure.
Page 359
11-27. Which of the following statements about womens health is correct?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
More women die of cardiovascular disease than of all forms of cancer combined.
More women die of breast cancer than of any other kind of cancer.
More women die of breast cancer than of heart disease.
The most common cause of death in men is cardiovascular disease, whereas the
most common cause of death in women is now lung cancer.
Page 359
11-28. The discussion of cardiovascular disease pointed out that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
health professionals may fail to recognize heart attacks in women because the
symptoms reported do not always fit the classic male symptoms.
men experience cardiovascular disease about five years later than women do.
low-dose aspirin clearly reduces the likelihood of heart attacks in both men and
women.
cardiovascular disease is the most common cause of death for men, whereas breast
cancer is the most common cause of death for women.
330 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 359
11-29. The data on cardiovascular disease show that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 360
11-30. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about breast
cancer?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Derrick: The public tends to focus on breast cancer, rather than on diseases that are
actually more deadly to women.
Hakim: Compared to US women, Canadian women have a much greater
probability of dying from breast cancer.
Adrienne: Women who are menstruating are especially likely to detect breast
cancer if they examine their breasts on the first day of their menstrual cycle.
Rachel: The new research shows that women between the ages of 30 and 45
should have a yearly mammogram.
Page 360
11-31. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about breast
cancer?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Heidi: About half of US women who develop breast cancer will eventually die
from it.
Marie-France: Despite the impressive medical progress, breast cancer is more
dangerous for women than any other illness.
Ernesto: Because of new breakthroughs in surgical techniques, breast cancer is
now responsible for fewer than 10,000 deaths in North American women each
year.
George: Breast cancer seems to receive more attention than other deadly diseases
because female breasts are important in our culture.
Page 360
11-32. Which of the following statements about breast cancer is true?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
331 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 361
11-33. According to the discussion of breast cancer,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
this disease has a higher death rate for women than all forms of cardiovascular
disease combined.
because of the extensive publicity, the majority of adult women perform regular
breast self-examinations.
because of the availability of mammograms, physicians no longer recommend
breast self-examinations.
women of color are significantly less likely than White women to have had a
mammogram.
Page 363
11-34. Which of the following statements about breast cancer is correct?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
At present, the standard treatment for breast cancer is complete removal of the
breast.
Women with breast cancer are much more likely to survive if they have complete
removal of the breast than if they have a lumpectomy.
Women who have had breast surgery consistently report negative emotional
responses.
Over half of Black women who have had breast surgery report being in very good
spirits, about 2 months after surgery.
Pages 363-364
11-35. According to the discussion of the Pap smear test,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
gynecologists recommend this test for women once they reach their 40th birthday.
women of color are just as likely as European American women to request a Pap
smear.
the effectiveness of the Pap smear test has greatly reduced the death rate from
ovarian cancer.
the test involves taking a sample of cells from the cervix to see whether they are
abnormal.
Page 364
11-36. A woman who tells you that she has had a hysterectomy has had
*a.
b.
c.
d.
332 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 364
11-37. According to the discussion of hysterectomies,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
because women are often ignored in health care, too few women who need
hysterectomies actually get them.
the rate of hysterectomies in the United States is greater than in other developed
countries.
except for treating ovarian cancer, hysterectomies should not be recommended.
hysterectomies are currently the most preferred treatment for osteoporosis.
Pages 364-365
11-38. Cancer of the ovaries
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 364-365
11-39. The chapter on womens physical health pointed out that cancer of the ovaries
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 365
11-40. Your friend Karen is concerned about the dangers of osteoporosis as she grows older.
Based on the information in your text, which of the following recommendations would
you not make to Karen?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 365
11-41. Which of the following statements about osteoporosis is correct?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Because of better nutrition in the last decade, osteoporosis should not be a concern
for elderly women.
Women who have osteoporosis should avoid weight-bearing exercise because of the
risk of a fracture.
Exercise and good nutrition, without medication or hormone therapy, offer little
protection against osteoporosis.
Women of all ages should be careful about taking sufficient vitamin D and calcium.
333 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 366
11-42. Susan uses a wheelchair. Her intelligence is normal, yet waiters in restaurants tend to
ignore her and ask her companion what Susan wants to eat. Susan is experiencing
a.
b.
c.
*d.
handicapping behavior.
exaggerated sexism.
in-group heterogeneity.
ableism.
Pages 366-367
11-43. The discussion about disability studies emphasized that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 366-367
11-44. According to the discussion of women with disabilities,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
these women have remarkably similar experiences, despite the differences in their
disabilities.
ableism refers to the fact that people with disabilities have remarkable cognitive
abilities, despite their limitations in physical abilities.
people without disabilities should appreciate the fact that they could easily become
people with disabilities.
within the last decade, psychologists have shown an intense interest in research
about women with disabilities.
Page 367
11-45. What can we conclude about gender and disabilities?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
334 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 367-368
11-46. The educational and work patterns of women with disabilities are influenced by a number
of factors. These include the fact that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
during childhood, parents keep disabled girls at home to focus on their education.
difficulties in access to support services keep many disabled women from pursuing
higher education.
unfortunately, people with disabilities have experienced additional discrimination
because of recent laws requiring people to disclose their disabilities to their
employers.
college-educated women with disabilities generally do not experience workplace
discrimination.
Pages 367-368
11-47. What can we conclude about the employment patterns of people with disabilities?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Women with disabilities earn about 65% of the income of men with disabilities.
In general, women with disabilities do not face economic hardships.
People are more likely to employ a disabled woman than a disabled man, because
most womens jobs do not require great physical effort.
Women with disabilities are more likely to be employed than men with disabilities.
Pages 367-368
11-48. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the
workplace situation for women with disabilities?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 368-369
11-49. The discussion of the personal relationships of women with disabilities pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
in the current decade, women with disabilities are just as likely as other women to
date and marry.
because most disabilities are readily visible, biases against people with disabilities
tend to be displayed upon first meeting.
women with disabilities are more likely than other women to live alone.
friends of people with disabilities often talk to them excessively about difficult
topics like relationships and sexuality.
335 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 368-369
11-50. According to the discussion about the personal relationships of people with disabilities,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 369
11-51. A recent Canadian study interviewed women with disabilities, specifically focusing on
their life satisfaction. Which of the following students provides the most accurate
summary of the results of this study?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Humphrey: They mostly felt angry about the insensitivity of other people.
Lotte: Most of them said that they were very satisfied with their friendships.
Kurt: Most of them felt that their friends and coworkers were helpful, but they felt
that their relatives seemed to resent them.
Jasmin: Most said that they wished that more people were aware of their specific
disabilities.
Page 370
11-52. Your friend Dion claims that sexually active women in the US and Canada arent very
likely to get AIDS and other STDs. After reading your psychology of women textbook,
your best response to Dion would be:
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 370
11-53. The discussion of how AIDS is transmitted pointed out that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
336 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 370
11-54. According to data related to HIV and AIDS,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 370
11-55. Which of the following women is least likely to get AIDS?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 371
11-56. According to the discussion about AIDS prevention,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
if a woman insists that her sexual partners must use condoms, she cannot get AIDS.
many people are actually HIV positive, but they dont yet know it.
condoms do not significantly reduce the spread of AIDS.
women can tellby looking at a manwhether he is HIV positive.
Pages 371-372
11-57. Early symptoms of AIDS in women are most likely to include
a.
b.
c.
*d.
sore muscles.
low body temperature.
constipation.
vaginal infections.
Pages 371-372
11-58. According to the discussion of medical aspects of AIDS,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
people usually develop symptoms shortly after being infected with HIV.
one of the most common early signs of AIDS is unexplained weight gain.
HIV invades the red blood cells, causing devastating anemia in people who are
infected with this virus.
people who are HIV positive are very contagious during the initial stages of the
infection, even if they have no symptoms.
337 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 371-372
11-59. Which of the following statements is correct about the medical aspects of AIDS?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Most HIV-positive people realize that they are infected as soon as they have
contracted the disease.
Women who are HIV positive are more likely than other women to develop vaginal
infections, as well as cancer of the cervix.
Most health care providers are well informed about the gynecological symptoms
related to AIDS in women.
HIV-positive males are much more likely than HIV-positive females to have
symptoms such as fatigue, weight loss, and high fevers.
Page 372
11-60. According to the discussion of the psychological aspects of HIV/AIDS,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
HIV can damage the central nervous system, which may cause memory problems
and other cognitive difficulties.
fortunately, stress does not increase the severity of the psychological symptoms that
are associated with HIV.
in the current decade, people who are living with AIDS report that their friends and
family are very likely to offer them support.
people who have just learned that they are HIV positive are usually able to suppress
their shock and anxiety for about a month before they realize their situation.
Page 372
11-61. Which of the following students provides the most accurate summary of the information
regarding the psychological aspects of HIV/AIDS?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Mary: Almost all people remain deeply depressed for many months after they
learn that they are HIV-positive.
Ali: Fortunately, very few HIV-positive individuals experience discrimination or
rejection from other people.
Magda: People report widely different reactions from friends and familyfrom
warmth and support, to complete rejection.
Francis: Unfortunately, there has been surprisingly little research on the
psychological aspects of HIV and AIDS.
Page 373
11-62. Preventing the spread of the AIDS virus is difficult because
a.
b.
c.
*d.
although most people realize that they can become infected, they dont bother to
discuss HIV with their partners.
the majority of people who know they are HIV positive dont reveal their status to
their partners.
abstinence is the only way to reduce the spread of AIDS.
many people are HIV positive, but dont know it.
338 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 373
11-63. The discussion of AIDS prevention emphasized that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
people are likely to overestimate their own personal risk of becoming HIV-positive.
more than one-third of HIV-positive people say that they have not told their sexual
partners about their HIV status.
the abstinence-only programs on safe sex have demonstrated long-term success in
reducing the transmission of HIV.
most people feel comfortable about discussing condom use with potential sexual
partners.
Page 374
11-64. The research on AIDS prevention points out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the fear is so great about AIDS that most people are very aware that they could
contract this disease.
a useful strategy is to carefully discuss HIV with potential sexual partners.
the just say no approach to safer sex does not substantially reduce the
transmission of HIV.
condom use is now so widespread that the incidence of HIV-infection has decreased
by about 45% in the last decade.
Page 375
11-65. Why is HPV (genital warts) especially important for women in the current decade?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 375
11-66. According to the information on sexually transmitted diseases, gonorrhea
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 375
11-67. Jill has a sexually transmitted disease that produces painful sores several times each year,
but then she may go for months without any symptoms. She has been told that there is
currently no cure for this disease. It is likely that Jill has
a.
b.
*c.
d.
gonorrhea.
Chlamydia.
genital herpes.
syphilis.
339 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 375-376
11-68. Which of the following sexually transmitted diseases can cause cervical cancer and is
very common among college women?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
gonorrhea
HPV (genital warts)
syphilis
Chlamydia
Pages 375-376
11-69. The most common STD in women is
a.
b.
c.
*d.
syphilis.
gonorrhea.
genital herpes.
HPV (genital warts).
Page 376
11-70. In connection with sexually transmitted diseases, Chapter 11 discussed a vaccine called
Gardasil. According to the information in the chapter,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 375-376
11-71. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about sexually
transmitted diseases other than AIDS?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 375-376
11-72. Which of the following general statements summarizes the information in Chapter 11
about sexually transmitted diseases other than AIDS?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 377
11-73. According to the discussion of women and substance abuse,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
physicians are more effective in identifying problems with illegal drugs when the
patient is a male, rather than a female.
in general, there are no gender differences in the risk factors for using illegal drugs.
men who smoke cigarettes are at a greater risk for lung cancer than are women who
smoke.
cigarette smoking increases the risk of lung cancer and heart disease in women, but
it does not appear to have an effect on a womans reproductive system.
Page 377
11-74. Which of the following students provides the best statement about women and smoking?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Olivia: Although lung cancer is a problem for smokers, they are not at risk for
other kinds of cancer.
Sarita: Smoking increases the probability of lung cancer more for women than for
men.
Emily: Female smokers have a somewhat lower rate of osteoporosis than
nonsmokers.
Akiko: At present, men are about 50% more likely than women to be smokers.
Page 377
11-75. The discussion of women and smoking in Chapter 11 pointed out that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
women who are married to men who smoke increase their own risk of lung cancer
significantly.
in North America, women are much less likely than men to be smokers.
tobacco companies have not yet figured out how to target young women in their
advertisements.
smoking increases the risk of lung cancer more for men than for women.
Page 378
11-76. The discussion of young womens reasons for smoking pointed out that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 379
11-77. When a woman drinks too much alcohol during pregnancy, her infant may be born with
fetal alcohol syndrome, which is most often characterized by
a.
b.
c.
*d.
341 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 380
11-78. According to the information about gender and alcohol,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
women are now slightly more likely than men to abuse alcohol.
ethnicity has little impact on the gender differences in alcohol abuse.
if a man and a woman who both weigh 150 pounds consume 3 ounces of whiskey,
the womans blood alcohol level will probably be higher.
families are more worried about a womans drinking than a mans drinking.
Page 380
11-79. Research on binge drinking indicates that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
binge drinking causes hangovers, but it has few other effects on peoples lives.
binge drinking for women is defined as two or more drinks in a row.
men and women are equally likely to be binge drinkers.
college students who are binge drinkers are likely to report doing something that
they later regretted.
Page 380
11-80. According to the current research about alcohol abuse,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 381
11-81. According to the information in Chapter 11 about problems with substances other than
smoking and alcohol, women are
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 381
11-82. Chapter 11 included information about the abuse of substances other than cigarettes and
alcohol. According to this discussion,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
men are significantly more likely than women to report that they abused pain
relievers.
women are currently more likely than men to report using an illegal drug.
so far, the research shows that there are major gender differences in the way people
metabolize illegal drugs.
White female students are more likely than Black female students to try an illegal
drug at some point during their lives.
342 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 12
women are more likely than men to seek therapy for psychological problems.
men are more likely than women to suffer from psychological problems.
there are no significant gender differences in the specific kind of psychological
disorders that women and men experience.
women are more likely than men to have serious substance-abuse problems,
whereas men are more likely to experience major depression.
Pages 385-386
12-2. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the
relationship between gender and psychological disorders?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pearl: Women are more likely than men to have a major depressive disorder, and
men are more likely than women to have an antisocial personality disorder.
Asaf: Women are more likely than men to have a major depressive disorder, as
well as an antisocial personality disorder.
Katie: Men are more likely than women to have a major depressive disorder, as
well as an antisocial personality disorder.
Kenneth: As in other gender comparisons, the gender differences are small in the
specific patterns of psychological disorders.
Page 386
12-3. The studies of gender comparisons in psychological disorders show that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
women are more likely than men to have antisocial personality disorder.
men are more likely than women to have difficulties with drug and alcohol abuse.
if we look only at those psychological disorders that do not involve antisocial
personality disorder or substance abuse, there are an equal number of men and
women with disorders.
women are more likely to suffer from psychological disorders, but men are more
likely to seek therapy for their problems.
343 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 386
12-4. Antisocial personality disorder
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 386
12-5. According to the introduction to the chapter on psychological disorders,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
women are more likely than men to have antisocial personality disorder.
if we consider all the people with psychological disordersincluding those with
substance-abuse problemsthe number of men is about the same as the number of
women.
although more women than men experience major depression, men with this
disorder have significantly more severe problems.
throughout the lifespanfrom childhood to old agewomen are more likely than
men to experience major depression.
Page 386
12-6. A person with major depression is likely to
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 386
12-7. According to the discussion of gender differences in depression,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 387
12-8. Which of the following students provides the best characterization of depression?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Jill: Major depression is just a more extreme form of the sadness that many of us
experience when a friend or relative dies.
Jean: Many people with depression attempt suicide. In fact, men are more likely
than women to attempt suicide.
Betsy: In addition to feeling sad and gloomy, individuals with depression have
difficulty concentrating and making decisions.
Imanie: Although depression involves a number of emotional and physical
symptoms, there are few cognitive or behavioral effects.
344 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 387
12-9. The data on gender comparisons for behavior related to suicide show that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
women are more likely than men to think about suicide and to die from suicide.
women are more likely than men to think about suicide, but men are more likely to
die from suicide.
men are more likely than women to think about suicide and to die from suicide.
men are more likely than women to think about suicide, but women are more likely
to die from suicide.
Page 387
12-10. People who experience psychological depression are likely to have all of the following
problems except
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 387
12-11. Which of the following factors is most predictive of major depression in women?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 388
12-12. A number of possible explanations for gender differences in depression have not been
supported by research. These rejected explanations include
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 388
12-13. Suppose that a friend says, I think men and women are equally likely to experience
depression. Its just that women are more likely to actually go to a therapist. Your most
informed answer would be:
a.
b.
c.
*d.
You are correct, because the gender differences in seeking therapy can account for
more than 65% of the apparent gender differences in depression.
You are correct, because women are more likely than men to have the kind of
health insurance that covers psychotherapy.
You are not correct, because the major explanation for gender differences in
depression is that genetic factors predispose women to experience more
depression.
You are not correct; even when gender differences in seeking therapy are taken
into account, women are still more likely than men to experience depression.
345 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 388-389
12-14. What can we conclude about therapist bias in diagnosing depression?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 389
12-15. Which of the following is an important explanation for the large number of women with
depression?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
It is more acceptable for men than women to admit that they are sick and seek help.
Depression appears to be associated with the X chromosome.
Hormonal fluctuations are stronger in women, predisposing them to psychological
disorders such as depression.
Womens experiences of discrimination increase the incidence of depression.
Pages 389-390
12-16. Chapter 12 examines several potential factors that are related to psychological
depression. According to this research,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
women are much more likely than men to be biologically predisposed to develop
depression.
most of the gender differences in depression can be traced to the fact that women
are more likely than men to seek therapy.
women who have been abused or raped are more likely than other women to
develop depression.
low-income women have different expectations about happiness, compared to highincome women; therefore a womans income is not related to depression.
Pages 389-390
12-17. Current explanations for the prevalence of depression among women include
a.
*b.
c.
d.
346 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 390
12-18. Which of the following statements is correct about factors that affect the incidence of
depression in women?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 391
12-19. After reading the discussion of gender comparisons in depression, which of the following
topics would seem to be the most important one to investigate?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 391
12-20. According to the discussion of womens relationships and depression,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
women are more likely than men to feel responsible for making sure that their
relationship is going well.
women typically receive more social support than they give in a marital
relationship.
men are more likely than women to worry about their lives.
men are more likely than women to help solve other peoples problems.
Page 392
12-21. Suppose that you know someone who says her therapist has told her she has a ruminative
style in dealing with depression. This means that she is likely to
a.
*b.
c.
d.
347 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 391-393
12-22. When researchers study ruminative and distracting styles of response to depression, they
propose that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 392
12-23. According to the information about distracting and ruminative styles of responding to
depression,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 393
12-24. Which of the following students best summarizes the information on gender and
depression?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 393
12-25. According to your textbooks conclusions about gender and depression,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the gender ratio has changed dramatically during the last decade, so that the number
of depressed men is roughly equal to the number of depressed women.
its difficultbut importantto address the social problems that make depression
more common in women than in men.
women are more likely than men to benefit from the use of antidepressants.
politicians tend to emphasize that depression is caused by societal problems, rather
than by biological factors.
348 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 393
12-26. According to your textbook, which of the following would be the most effective way to
bring about long-term improvements in the incidence of depression in women?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 394
12-27. The culture of thinness is a topic that is discussed in connection with body weight and
eating disorders. Which of the following people provides the best information about this
topic?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 394-395
12-28. In what way are the fashion magazines related to the issue of eating disorders in women?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Women often report that the very thin women in these fashion magazines make
them dissatisfied with their own bodies.
Many articles in the fashion magazines now provide specific exercise techniques
that encourage weight loss.
The fashion magazines present a wide range of body types, but the thinnest women
are wearing the most expensive clothing.
Because fashion magazines have been partly responsible for eating disorders, these
magazines now emphasize individual differences in womens weight.
Page 395
12-29. Sandy is a 13-year-old girl who has begun to look at herself in the mirror many times
each day; each time, she looks at image in the mirror and tries to judge how other people
would see her. Sandy is probably experiencing
a.
b.
c.
*d.
a ruminative style.
microaggressions.
amenorrhea.
objectified body consciousness.
349 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 395
12-30. Chapter 12 discussed research in which young women were asked how satisfied they
were with their physical characteristics. According to this research,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
women are significantly more likely than men to be dissatisfied with their bodies.
young womens concerns about being fat and dieting begin around puberty.
most women tend to rate themselves as thinner than they really are .
college women typically believe that other women are heavier than they themselves
are.
Page 395
12-31. Chapter 12 discussed the complex issue of ethnicity and body dissatisfaction. According
to this discussion,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
White women are somewhat more likely than Black women to be dissatisfied with
their bodies.
a meta-analysis about ethnicity and body dissatisfaction showed absolutely no
differencesnot even any small effect sizes.
women from a low-income Central American background are much more likely to
be dissatisfied with their bodies, compared to women from a wealthy South
American background.
Canadian research shows that body dissatisfaction is significantly correlated with
the number of years a woman had lived in Canada.
Page 395
12-32. What can we conclude about the research on body image and women of color?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
In general, women of color are more concerned about body image than are
European American women.
European American women are consistently more dissatisfied with their bodies than
any other ethnic group.
Research on Latina women consistently finds them to be more preoccupied with
slimness than European American women.
Black women are more likely than women in other ethnic groups to judge an
average-weight woman as more attractive and a too-thin woman as less attractive.
Page 396
12-33. In Chapter 12, the discussion of overweight women pointed out that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
people today are hesitant to ridicule others on the basis of their weight.
people who are overweight are often judged differently than people who are
average weight.
people currently discriminate equally against overweight males and overweight
females.
children dont show biases against overweight peers until they reach adolescence.
350 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 396
12-34. Chapter 12 discussed a new area of research called fat studies. The major emphasis in this
field is that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
our culture needs to place more emphasis on the way that high-fat foods are very
dangerous to our health.
exercise is the only effective way to lose weight.
we live in a culture that has negative attitudes toward fat people.
when people lose weight by eating healthier food, they seldom regain the lost
weight.
Page 397
12-35. The research on body weight and dieting shows that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 397
12-36. Which of the following statements about overweight people is correct?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 397
12-37. Which of the following statements about eating disorders and related problems is true?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
A person with anorexia nervosa refuses to maintain 70% of expected body weight.
More than 98% of the people with bulimia are females.
An estimated 10-20% of adolescent and young adult females develop bulimia.
Some dieters become so focused on food that they may be tempted to binge.
Page 397
12-38. What can we conclude about eating disorders and related problems?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Overweight women suffer from more serious health problems than women with
anorexia and bulimia.
For most women, dieting is an effective way to lose weight and improve health.
People with eating disorders and overweight people face similar social and
professional discrimination.
Many clinicians suggest that most women should be encouraged to accept their
bodies, avoid further weight gain, and exercise moderately.
351 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 397
12-39. The discussion of eating disorders pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the disorders of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa are very different from the
concern most women have about their weight.
so many women are being diagnosed with these disorders that the problem is clearly
an epidemic.
symptoms of disordered eating occur on a continuum; many females have bodyimage problems, even though they may not be diagnosed with an eating disorder.
in the current era, men are almost as likely as women to suffer from eating
disorders.
Page 397
12-40. LaTisha consumes fewer than 300 calories a day, even though she weighs 90 pounds and
is 56 tall. Amazingly, she tells her friends she is overweight. LaTisha probably has
a.
b.
*c.
d.
bulimia nervosa.
binge-eating disorder.
anorexia nervosa.
antisocial personality disorder
Page 397
12-41. A woman with anorexia nervosa is most likely
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 398
12-42. Which of the following is a common symptom of anorexia nervosa?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 398
12-43. A female with anorexia nervosa
*a.
b.
c.
d.
352 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 398
12-44. Anorexia nervosa is considered a serious disease because
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 398
12-45. People with bulimia nervosa
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 398
12-46. A person with bulimia nervosa is likely to
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 399
12-47. In what way does binge-eating disorder differ from bulimia nervosa?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
In binge-eating disorder, the majority of people are male, whereas the majority are
female with bulimia nervosa.
In binge-eating disorder, people are more likely to try to keep to a normal body
weight.
In bulimia nervosa, people vomit or use laxatives in order to get rid of the food they
have eaten.
In bulimia nervosa, people place less emphasis on slimness than do people who
have binge-eating disorder.
Page 399
12-48. A woman who has binge-eating disorder is likely to
a.
*b.
c.
d.
353 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 399
12-49. Two or three times a week, Helga has a strong urge to eat huge amounts of food,
sometimes an entire cake or four helpings at an all-you-can-eat restaurant. Afterwards,
she doesnt use laxatives and she never tries to vomit. She is now about 80 pounds above
the recommended body weight. Your best guess is that Helgas problem would be called
a.
b.
c.
*d.
anorexia nervosa.
an anxiety disorder.
bulimia nervosa.
binge-eating disorder.
Page 401
12-50. Suppose that you know a woman who has a problem called panic disorder. She is most
likely to
a.
b.
c.
*d.
eat a huge amount of food, then panic about her problem, and finally try to induce
vomiting.
panic whenever she sees something related to her specific phobia, such as an insect
or a bird.
respond to a panic-related situation in a way that violates the rights of other people.
frequently experience panic attacks, which are episodes of dread that occur without
any warning.
Page 401
12-51. If you looked in a book entitled Pharmacotherapy, you would be most likely to see
information about
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 402
12-52. Chapter 12 discusses the treatment of women in therapy. According to this discussion,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
therapists actually believe that women are as competent as men in the workplace.
almost all therapists are sensitive to cultural problems such as poverty and
discrimination.
the guidelines in The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders have
been scientifically tested.
if a therapist is treating a woman who has been sexually assaulted, the therapist
sometimes asks what she did to encourage the attack.
354 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 402
12-53. Research on the treatment of women in therapy indicates that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
gender bias is no longer a problem in therapy because most therapists agree with the
principles of nonsexist therapy.
although early research found evidence of gender bias, current studies find no
significant influence of gender stereotypes in therapy.
therapists seem to be influenced by the same gender stereotypes and discrimination
as the culture as a whole.
most therapists are unaware of the possible problem of gender bias in therapy.
Pages 402-403
12-54. In the discussion of sexual relationships between therapists and clients, your textbook
noted that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the principles of ethical conduct for therapists state that these relationships
definitely are not appropriate.
surveys of male therapists have shown that fewer than 1% admit having had sexual
relationships with their clients.
many therapists believe that these relationships can be therapeutic, if handled
appropriately.
this problem is very prevalent in the current era, so women should be very cautious
about undergoing therapy with a male therapist.
Page 403
12-55. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about
psychotherapy with lesbians and bisexual women?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Barb: Be aware that little research has been published about this topic, so it is
bestat this pointto make statements that are not controversial.
Virginia: Begin by asking the client whether she is interested in changing her
sexual orientation.
Mariana: Avoid sexual prejudice with respect to the clients romantic
relationships.
Jorge: Be aware that women of color are less likely than European American
women to experience sexual prejudice.
Page 403
12-56. When therapists have a client who is a lesbian, they should keep in mind that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 403-404
12-57. In the United States, social class is relevant in discussions of women and psychotherapy
because
*a.
b.
c.
d.
women are less likely than men to have insurance that pays for mental-health care.
insurance companies are much more likely to cover psychotherapy than
pharmacotherapy.
workplace regulations now specify that companies must allow employees to have
time off for appointments with mental-health professionals, yet women in lowpaying jobs do not know this information.
women respond well to psychodynamic therapy; unfortunately, this approach is
likely to be very expensive.
Page 404
12-58. Suppose that a low-income woman has an appointment with a man who is a
psychotherapist. If the psychotherapist believed in the myth of meritocracy, he would
be most likely to think that this client
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 404
12-59. A Latina woman tells her therapist that people express surprise that she speaks English
with no accent, or when she tells them that she is majoring in biochemistry. The section
on psychotherapy in Chapter 12 would categorize these actions as
a.
b.
*c.
d.
a ruminative style.
the myths of meritocracy.
microaggressions.
stereotype threat.
Pages 404-405
12-60. According to the discussion of psychotherapy and women of color,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
many women of color are suspicious about discussing personal problems with
therapists, especially European American therapists.
in the current era, most Latinas can easily find a therapist in their community who
speaks Spanish.
women of color are more likely than European American women to recognize when
psychotherapy is necessary.
Black women are so strong that they are unlikely to require psychological
counseling.
356 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 404-405
12-61. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about
psychotherapy with women of color?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Esther: Therapists should realize that women have the same kinds of concerns, no
matter what the color of their skin may be.
Maxim: Because fewer than 10% of American women belong to an ethnic group
other than European American, the problem is not yet a major one.
Don: Women of color are not typically able to find a therapist from their own
ethnic group.
Lynda: Ironically, women of color are more likely to respect a therapist if she is
European American.
Page 406
12-62. A therapist who is working with Asian American female clients is likely to find that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 407
12-63. Which of the following statements about therapy with women of color is true?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Historical and social factors may be important considerations in therapy with Native
American and Canadian Aboriginal women.
Asian American women are more likely than women in other ethnic groups to use
mental health services.
Therapists who speak Spanish are generally well prepared to provide therapy for
Latinas.
The stresses that some Black women experience due to poverty can be best
addressed by community support.
Page 407
12-64. Suppose that a psychotherapist works in a region of the United States that has a large
Native American population. This psychotherapist should know that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the US and Canadian governments had a policy that Native and Aboriginal children
should be taken from their homes and brought to residential schools.
Native American women are expected to be passive and very subordinate to Native
American men.
Native American men have a much higher rate of depression than Native American
women.
the suicide rates are much higher for women than for men.
357 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 407-408
12-65. Which of the following is not among the recommendations for therapy with women of
color?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 408
12-66. According to the classical psychodynamic approach to treating psychological disorders,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 409
12-67. What does your textbook conclude about pharmacotherapy for women with
psychological disorders?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Men are significantly more likely than women to use sedatives and tranquilizers.
Clients should firmly but politely refuse pharmacotherapy for psychological
disorders.
Under some circumstances, pharmacotherapy may be appropriate, especially if
accompanied by psychotherapy.
Physicians consistently overprescribe medicine for their female clients.
Page 409
12-68. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about using
pharmacotherapy to treat psychological disorders?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Ruby: The side effects of these medications are so serious that they should be
given only if absolutely necessary.
Stanislov: When treating people for severe depression, physicians prescribe
antidepressants four times as often for female clients as for male clients.
Soltan: Physicians who prescribe pharmacotherapy for a client should also
encourage the client to get psychotherapy.
Lana: Unfortunately, the data on pharmacotherapy show that it is seldom effective
for psychological problems.
358 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 410
12-69. A cognitive-behavioral therapist would be most likely to suggest which of the following?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 410
12-70. A cognitive-behavioral approach to anorexia would include
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 410
12-71. Nan is a therapist who believes that her clients problems can be traced to their
inappropriate learning and their errors in thinking. Nan is most likely to favor
a.
b.
*c.
d.
pharmacotherapy.
psychodynamic therapy.
cognitive-behavioral therapy.
nonsexist therapy.
Page 411
12-72. Kris is consulting a therapist who believes that women and men should be treated
similarly. The therapist also tries to stay up-to-date on research related to the psychology
of women. This approach is consistent with
a.
*b.
c.
d.
pharmacotherapy.
nonsexist therapy.
cognitive-behavioral therapy.
psychodynamic therapy.
Pages 411-412
12-73. The principles of feminist therapy include
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the belief that womens major problems are primarily societal rather than internal.
encouraging women to recognize the sexism in society so that they can adjust to the
situation.
a strong emphasis on gender inequalities, with little discussion of other kinds of
inequalities.
working on womens relationships to make sure that women have more power than
men.
359 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 412
12-74. The discussion of power issues within the therapeutic relationship pointed out that
feminist therapy
a.
b.
c.
*d.
recognizes that the effectiveness of therapy depends on the therapist having more
power than the client.
emphasizes the feminist expertise of the therapist in educating the client about
inequities in society.
finds it helpful to use role playing in therapy to demonstrate womens inferior status
in society.
encourages clients to be more self-confident and to identify and develop their own
strengths.
360 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 13
They have all been hurt by men who are regarded by society as being deviant.
In all three kinds of cases, women are left feeling less powerful after the violence.
In all three kinds of cases, violence is restricted to lower classes; it rarely occurs
among upper classes.
In all three kinds of cases, the women return to normal within approximately one
year.
Page 418
13-2. Sexual harassment is defined as
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 418
13-3. According to the definition of sexual harassment,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 419
13-4. A male professor suggests to a female student that shell get a better grade if she goes on
a date with him. This example best illustrates
a.
*b.
c.
d.
hostile-environment harassment.
quid pro quo harassment.
sexual assault.
heterosexism.
361 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 419
13-5. A secretary asks for a raise, and her boss says that hell think about a raise after they
spend an evening together. This example best illustrates
a.
b.
*c.
d.
hostile-environment harassment.
access discrimination in the workplace.
quid pro quo harassment.
denial of personal disadvantage in the workplace.
Page 419
13-6. A female blue-collar worker finds her lunchroom filled with photos of naked women. Her
male coworkers constantly make sexist comments. This example best illustrates
a.
b.
*c.
d.
sexual assault.
quid pro quo harassment.
hostile-environment harassment.
the glass escalator.
Page 419
13-7. Which of the following is the best example of the hostile environment form of sexual
harassment?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
A male professor tells a female student that he will consider raising her grade if she
will spend the evening with him.
A male supervisor tells a female clerk that he will give her a promotion if they can
discuss the topic at dinner and then afterwards
A male graduate student tells a male undergraduate student, I can give you a few
more hints about Fridays exam if youd like to come over to my apartment, where
we dont have to worry about other people bothering us.
A male professor in a medical school is presenting a lecture on dermatology, and he
shows a slide of a nude woman. He remarks, Now this is an example of some
really excellent skin!
Pages 420-421
13-8. According to Chapter 13 of your textbook, sexual harassment is an important topic to
study because
a.
b.
c.
*d.
it demonstrates that women have more sexual power than they might imagine.
it allows women to realize that they can be strengthened by potentially harmful
events.
it provides a clear-cut example of a problem that both liberals and conservatives can
condemn as harmful to women.
it illustrates how women are dehumanized and forced to become victims of sexist
treatment.
362 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 421
13-9. Suppose that you are reading an article about sexual harassment in your college
newspaper. Like many articles, it oversimplifies the situation. Nonetheless, it provides a
single number for the percentage of female undergraduate and graduate students who
have been sexually harassed. Based on the discussion in your text, what should the article
say?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
10%
30%
60%
You would not trust any number, because no systematic surveys have yet been
conducted.
Page 421
13-10. Research has been conducted to determine how often sexual harassment occurs, and the
data show that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 421-422
13-11. Which of the following statements about sexual harassment is not true?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 421-422
13-12. According to the discussion of the effects of sexual harassment on the victim,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
363 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 421-422
13-13. If a female undergraduate student is sexually harassed by her male professor, how is she
most likely to respond?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
She will keep taking the course, sitting at the front of class to remind the professor
of his misconduct.
She will not act differently than before the harassment experience.
She will become very angry with him in any meetings outside of class.
She will miss or drop the class taught by the professor.
Page 422
13-14. The research about attitudes toward sexual harassment shows that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
a woman who has been sexually harassed usually finds that her male friends are
even more sympathetic than her female friends.
women are more likely than men to think that sexual harassment is no big deal.
women are more likely than men to say that sexual harassment is a serious problem
that needs to be addressed.
the most recent research shows no gender differences in attitudes.
Pages 422-423
13-15. Rita is going to college this fall. To avoid sexual harassment, which of the following
should she do when she arrives at her new school?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 422-423
13-16. Which of the following is most true of sexual harassment in the workplace?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Employees are responsible for avoiding behavior that would invite sexual
harassment, thus making sexual harassment incidents unlikely.
The most effective and polite way to discourage future harassment is to change the
topic of conversation when speaking with a harasser.
Personal records of harassment should be kept in case future action is necessary.
Sexual harassment in the first few weeks of many new jobs should be expected and
is, in fact, a rite of passage.
364 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 422-424
13-17. According to the section, What to Do About Sexual Harassment,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
sexual harassment can best be handled by ignoring it; the harasser is unlikely to
continue if you dont respond.
the US legal system currently considers employers to be liable when supervisors
sexually harass employees.
in the workplace, most sexual harassment cases are now settled in favor of the
employee.
because women are usually the victims of sexual harassment in the workplace, male
coworkers can do little to help.
Pages 423-424
13-18. Your friend Malcolm wants to know what he can do about the problem of the sexual
harassment of women. Your best response to him would be
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 424
13-19. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about societys
response to the sexual harassment problem?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Angelo: In this case, individuals responses are more important than societys
responses.
Andr: Most people are well informed that women should not be blamed if they
have been sexually harassed.
Cathi: A major problem that must be addressed is the unequal distribution of
power between women and men.
Tonya: The best way to solve the problem of sexual harassment is to identify
individuals who harass and have them read information about why their behavior is
wrong.
Page 424
13-20. Suppose that the senior administrators at a university want to send a clear message that
their institution will not tolerate sexual harassment. The best strategy would be for them
to
*a.
b.
c.
d.
schedule training programs, in which these administrators tell the faculty members
why they believe that the problem is so important.
emphasize that students need to work together with faculty members to make
certain that sexual harassment does not occur.
point out that students sometimes overreact; therefore, the faculty members should
avoid personal interactions with students.
distribute a memo about sexual harassment, so that faculty members can be sure
that they understand the clear-cut guidelines.
365 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 425
13-21. According to the textbooks discussion of rape,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
in order to meet the legal definition of rape, the attacker must be a stranger.
rape is largely limited to North America and Europe.
rape is defined as sexual penetration without a persons consent.
most definitions of rape include any unwanted sexual touching.
Page 425
13-22. Which of the following students provides the most accurate distinction between sexual
assault and rape?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Len: In sexual assault, the person who was attacked is a man; in rape, the person
who was attacked is a woman.
Andrew: Sexual assault is a broader term that refers to unwanted sexual contact;
rape is a narrower term that involves penetration.
Sandra: The distinction is fairly subtle; sexual assault does not involve bodily
damage, and rape does involve bodily damage.
Katryna: Sexual assault refers to people who know each other, whereas rape refers
to people who do not know each other.
Pages 426-427
13-23. Studies on rape demonstrate that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 427-428
13-24. Research on acquaintance rape indicates that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
366 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 427-428
13-25. Suppose that a friend says, Women could really avoid being raped, if they would only
stay away from dangerous places at night. Your best response would be,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
You are right, because most rapes occur at night, and the rapist is usually a man
who waits for a victim who doesnt look like she will put up a fight.
You are partly right, because strangers are more likely than acquaintances to rape
women out of doors and at night, but acquaintances are more likely to engage in
sexual assault.
You are wrong, because women are better able to fight back when they are
attacked outside, rather than in their own home.
You are wrong, because most women actually knew the man before he raped
them.
Page 428
13-26. Which of the following students best characterizes the role of miscommunication in
acquaintance rape?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 428-429
13-27. Research about alcohol and sexual assault shows that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
a woman who has been drinking is likely to think that a dangerous situation is
actually fairly safe.
men who have been drinking typically underestimate a womans interest in a sexual
relationship.
men who have been drinking are less able to maintain an erection, so they are less
likely to attempt sexual assault.
according to the research, alcohol does not actually influence the likelihood that a
man will commit sexual assault.
Pages 428-429
13-28. The drug Rohypnol is known as the date rape drug because
a.
b.
c.
*d.
health care providers often give the drug to women after theyve been raped to help
them forget the experience.
dating men and women may take the drug together before having sex, but then later
the women claim to have been raped.
the drug combats the effects of alcohol, thus making date rape less likely.
a man may slip the drug into a womans drink, causing her to pass out, and then he
rapes her.
367 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 429-430
13-29. Women who have been raped
*a.
b.
c.
d.
often report that their immediate reaction was terror and anxiety.
may appear to be calm, which means that they are not likely to be significantly
affected by the assault.
typically report that they were calm during the attack, but panic set in within an
hour.
frequently report that the event did not have a significant impact on their lives.
Pages 429-430
13-30. Soon after a woman has been raped, she typically
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 429-430
13-31. Women frequently have an immediate reaction to rape that includes
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 430
13-32. Which of the following statements correctly describes womens decisions about whether
to report a rape?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Most women decide to report a rape, especially because they are worried that the
rapist may attack other women.
A common reason for not reporting a rape is that women believe it wouldnt do any
good.
Many women falsely report a rape because they feel guilty about having sex.
Most women report a rape because they have no choice, due to mandatory reporting
laws.
Pages 430-431
13-33. According to the discussion of the long-term adjustment of women who have been raped,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
fewer than 1% of women who have been raped meet the criteria for posttraumatic
stress disorder.
individual differences are much less pronounced than in other areas of womens
emotional reactions.
physical symptomssuch as pain and gynecological problemsmay last for years.
80% of women who have been raped show serious psychological problems a year
after the assault.
368 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 430-431
13-34. Chapter 13 discussed the long-term adjustment of individuals who have been raped. This
discussion pointed out that post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD)
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 430-431
13-35. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about
posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD)?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Taisha: A rape victim may experience PTSD, including feeling extremely anxious
or even emotionally numb following the assault.
Maxim: Unfortunately, PTSD is an extremely persistent disorder, and more than
half of all rape victims will still have PTSD more than a year after the assault.
Bert: PTSD wipes away a womans memory of the rape, and she will not be able
to recall the event until about a year after the assault.
Joanie: Unfortunately, PTSD cannot be treated with traditional psychotherapies;
however, techniques that require hypnosis appear to be effective.
Page 431
13-36. What does your textbook conclude about fear of rape?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Men and women do not differ in being afraid when they are out by themselves at
night.
Most women report that no one has warned them about the danger of rape.
Women in large cities seldom report that they are afraid of being out alone at night.
Most women take a number of precautions to avoid being raped by a stranger.
Page 431
13-37. The research about womens fears of rape concludes that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
women and men feel equally unsafe at night; however, women fear rape, whereas
men fear being robbed.
women typically take many precautions to avoid being raped by a stranger at night.
women take some precautions to avoid being raped by a stranger, but they take even
more precautions to avoid being raped by an acquaintance.
women seem to be unaware of the potential danger of being alone at night.
Pages 432-434
13-38. The textbooks discussion of attitudes toward rape pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d
family members are much more supportive of rape victims than other people are.
most people today recognize that a woman should not be blamed for a rape just
because she was wearing a short skirt.
people with traditional gender roles are especially likely to blame a rape victim for
the assault.
men and women are equally likely to blame rape victims for the assault.
369 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 432-434
13-39. Surveys of attitudes toward rape tend to show that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 433-434
13-40. According to the research about attitudes toward rape,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
men are somewhat more likely than women to blame the victim for an acquaintance
rape.
women who have been raped are less likely to report the attack if they know the
attacker.
men are highly accurate in interpreting the nonverbal messages that women convey
in a dating relationship.
women frequently send misleading sexual messages to men; these
miscommunications then cause acquaintance rape.
Page 435
13-41. Chapter 13 discussed some of the myths about rape. Which of the following statements is
correct information (not a myth)?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Most rapists are people whom the victim knows prior to the assault.
Pornography that involves rape actually does decrease the likelihood of rape.
If a woman is wearing tight, suggestive clothing, she is basically inviting men to
rape her.
Many women actually do agree to sexual intercourse, but then they change the story
later on.
Pages 435-437
13-42. According to the discussion of child sexual abuse,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 435-437
13-43. When a young girl has been sexually abused, she is likely to
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 435-437
13-44. Research on child sexual abuse shows that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 435-437
13-45. The research on child sexual abuse demonstrates that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
children are much more likely than adults to report being sexually abused.
sexual abuse has much more severe psychological consequences in adults than in
children.
its often difficult to determine whether an adult was actually abused during
childhood.
boys are actually much more likely than girls to have been sexually abused.
Page 437
13-46. Which of the following students provides the best overview about the prevention of
sexual assault and rape?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Takahiko: A rape is never a womans faultwhether she tried to prevent the rape
or whether she decided that she would be safer if she didnt struggle.
Sophia: If a woman has had training in self-defense, she can almost always prevent
rape.
Judy: There is a brief list of rape-prevention strategies; if a woman has studied this
list, she can almost always prevent rape.
Stephen: Unfortunately, none of the rape-prevention strategies can significantly
reduce the probability that a woman will be raped.
Pages 437-439
13-47. According to the discussion of whether women should attempt to physically resist an
attacker,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
when a woman fights back, she reduces her chances of being raped.
if the rapist is a stranger, pleading with him is usually an effective strategy.
women who had fought back were more depressed after the rape than were those
who had not fought back.
the general consensus is that it is best not to fight back against a rapist.
371 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 437-439
13-48. Why is the blame the victim problem important when we talk about how individuals
can prevent rape?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Because women are less likely to be raped if they try not to resist the attacker
Because womenunfortunatelyhave to restrict their behaviors in order to reduce
the likelihood of rape
Because people are likely to blame a woman if she develops a fear of walking alone
at night
Because older women are more likely than younger women to be blamed if they are
raped
Pages 437-439
13-49. According to Chapter 13, one strategy that helps prevent acquaintance rape is
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 439-440
13-50. Chapter 13 discussed many recommendations about societys prevention of rape. Which
of the following is not one of those recommendations?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Education about rape needs to be improved, beginning in the last two years of high
school.
The laws need to be changed, so that the legal process is less stressful to the person
who has been raped.
Mens groups on campus can help to organize information sessions about the
problem of rape and sexual assault.
The media must reduce the level of violence in films, popular music, and other
forms of entertainment.
Page 442
13-51. The definition of abuse of women used in the textbook specifies that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
372 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 442
13-52. According to the introductory discussion on the abuse of women,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the term abuse of women applies only to physical abuse rather than psychological
abuse.
there are no data to indicate that women may abuse their male partners.
men abuse their female partners more severely than women abuse their male
partners.
there are no data to indicate that lesbian women abuse their female partners.
Page 442
13-53. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the abuse
of women?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Oswalda: Men and women actually do the same amount of physical damage when
they abuse their partners.
Niall: Men are about 9 times as likely as women to assault a former spouse.
Madison: At present, the legal system does not does not consider emotional harm
to be a form of abuse.
Peter: So far, researchers have not been able to document abuse or violence in
lesbian relationships.
Page 443
13-54. The research on the abuse of women shows that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
most women believe that they should not let others know that they are being
abused.
about 10% of all women will experience relationship violence at some point in their
lives.
pregnant women are much less likely than other women to experience physical or
sexual abuse.
about 10% of women treated in hospital emergency rooms have injuries caused by
relationship violence.
Page 443
13-55. According to the estimates on the prevalence of abuse of women,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
in comparison to women in the United States, women in Canada are much more
likely to be beaten by their husbands.
according to most estimates, fewer than 8% of women in North America will
experience abuse during their lifetime.
between about 30% and 55% of women who are seen in hospital emergency
facilities in the United States have physical injuries associated with domestic
violence.
partner abuse is primarily confined to North America.
373 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 444
13-56. Suppose that you volunteer to work at a shelter for abused women. The women whom
you meet in the shelter are likely to
a.
*b.
c.
d.
be relatively calm, once they are removed from the abusive situation.
shows signs of depression and anxiety.
come from middle- and upper-class homes.
report that their husbands have nontraditional ideas about gender roles.
Page 444
13-57. The research on abused women shows that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 445
13-58. A man who abuses his partner is likely to
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 445
13-59. Chapter 13 discusses some of the characteristics associated with a man who is abusive.
According to this discussion,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
men who are abusers are no more likely than non-abusive men to have a drinking
problem.
men who are unemployed are no more likely than employed men to be abusive.
male abusers who are physically abusive are actually less likely to use verbal abuse.
male abusers tend to believe that the man should be the head of the family, and the
woman should have less power in the family.
Page 445
13-60. One factor that is highly correlated with spouse abuse is
a.
b.
*c.
d.
education.
the age of the abuser.
employment status.
ethnic background.
374 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 446
13-61. Chapter 13 examines research about the publics attitudes about the abuse of women.
This research shows that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
fewer than half of Canadian adults believe that the federal government needs to take
an active role in preventing family violence
more than 90% of US residents report that they learned information from the media
about the domestic-violence problem.
college students living in countries such as India and Japan are no more likely than
US college students to believe that a mans violence toward his wife is justifiable.
there are no significant gender differences in college students beliefs that a mans
violence toward his wife is justifiable.
Page 446
13-62. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the role of
the media in relation to the abuse of women?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Elena: According to a survey, more than 90% of US residents said that media
coverage had emphasized the serious problem of domestic violence.
Sunita: Outside of North America and parts of Western Europe, television stations
and newspapers never even mention the abuse of women.
Jon: The media information about the abuse of women is so consistently
misleading that it would be better for the media to ignore the problem.
Alexander: Because the abuse of women is such an invisible topic in the media,
less than half of the states in the US actually have laws that forbid it.
Pages 446-448
13-63. The discussion in Chapter 13 emphasized that the abuse of women
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 446-448
13-64. Abused women
a.
b.
*c.
d.
375 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 448
13-65. What can we conclude about the options available for abused women?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Therapy that examines why the woman was abused is particularly helpful.
Abusive males are usually eager to seek therapy for their disorder, as long as it is
tactfully suggested.
Feminist therapy, in which the therapist works to increase the womens self-esteem
and sense of independence, can be helpful.
Cognitive-behavioral therapy is not recommended for this kind of situation.
Page 448
13-66. Suppose that you have a friend who has been married for a year, and she tells you that her
husband has beaten her several times. You should tell her that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
abusive relationships typically improve as the man and the woman become better
acquainted with each other.
most therapists have the same the woman should be blamed attitude that the
general population endorses.
the research on batterer-intervention programs shows that these programs are
typically highly effective.
feminist therapy is often helpful for women who have been abused.
Page 449
13-67. A woman who is in an abusive relationship may want to use some services in her
community. According to the discussion of shelters for abused women in the United
States,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 449
13-68. According to the discussion in Chapter 13 about the abuse of women, the most important
question is
a.
b.
*c.
d.
376 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 449-450
13-69. According to the discussion of societys response to the abuse of women,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
in the current decade, very few people are aware that the abuse of women is a
serious problem.
the US government is currently developing comprehensive plans for requiring
counseling for abusers.
in the current decade, medical organizations are urging doctors to ask their patients
about any potential problems related to domestic violence.
community organizations are currently very active in sending the message that
domestic violence should not be tolerated.
Pages 449-450
13-70. The last part of Chapter 13 examines societys response to the problem of abuse. This
discussion pointed out that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
at least half of high schools in the United States have developed programs that
discuss the problems of sexual assault and family violence.
community organizations and religious groups have greatly increased their
programs on reducing abuse.
the mediaespecially TV showsare now much less likely than in the last decade
to show men being violent toward women.
physicians are now encouraged to routinely ask women about abuse, as part of the
general screening procedure.
377 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 14
researchers have paid more attention to older women than to younger women.
among people over the age of 65 in the United States, there are roughly 40% more
women than men.
an unfortunate number of ageist assumptions are actually correct.
even though psychological research has ignored older women, feminist research has
focused much attention on this topic.
Page 456
14-2. According to your textbooks definition of ageism,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 456
14-3. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the topic
of ageism?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Moishe: The term ageism means some kind of bias based on someones age, and
elderly people are typically the targets of ageism.
Hannah: When people use the term ageism, they mean that elderly people have
stronger prejudices than younger people.
Caroline: The term ageism refers to negative behavior directed at elderly people,
but it does not include either negative beliefs or negative attitudes.
Joe: Because the term ageism is too negative, psychologists now use the phrase,
age-related biases more frequently.
378 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 456-457
14-4. According to the discussion of attitudes about elderly people, a basic issue is that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
elderly people rarely think about their age, so they are not aware of their limitations.
physicians treat elderly patients very well, compared to their younger patients.
psychotherapists are the only group of professionals who show almost no signs of
ageism.
if younger people are ageist, they will avoid elderly people, and so they wont
realize that many stereotypes are incorrect.
Pages 456-457
14-5. A new product is being advertised on television. The woman in the commercial is
unnoticed at work, except when she is introduced to a new employee as an old veteran
in the office. She tries Fountain of Youth skin cream and is soon known by everyone
as a young star in the company. The commercial is guilty of ageism because it
a.
b.
*c.
d.
suggests that success for women can be achieved through appearance rather than
competent work.
doesnt make an attempt to show older women in positions of authority.
supports the idea that older women are invisible and perceived as powerless,
whereas younger women are successful.
implies that it is more desirable to be attractive than it is to be intelligent.
Pages 457-458
14-6. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information regarding the
representation of older women?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Scott: This is one area where the stereotypes about women are reasonably
accurate.
Kristi: The media coverage of older women has increased dramatically since about
the year 2000.
Gorsha: The stereotypes about older women are not very accurate, and older
women are seldom represented in the media.
Chantal: So little research has been done on older women that psychologists do not
have much information about how they are represented in the media.
Pages 457-458
14-7. According to the chapter on older adulthood, the media typically
a.
*b.
c.
d.
pay more attention to older women than older men, contrary to the usual trend.
pay little attention to older women.
emphasize that gender differences are small for people older than 65.
focus the same amount of attention on womens professional accomplishments as
on their social activities.
379 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 457-458
14-8. Older women
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 457-458
14-9. Research on womens roles in the media shows that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
now that baby-boomers are getting older, older women are much more visible on
television.
although older women are not seen often in TV programs, the roles they do have are
generally positive.
one place where older women are seen is in advertisements that focus on women
looking younger.
older women are now being portrayed as fountains of wisdom, who can be
consulted for thoughtful advice.
Pages 457-458
14-10. What can you conclude about the media representations of older women?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Older women are represented in great numbers and in a wide range of roles by the
media.
Older women are often represented in the media, but their range of roles is limited
by stereotypes.
Older women are not often represented in the media, but when they are present, the
characterizations are realistic.
Older women are relatively invisible in the media, and their roles are limited.
Page 458
14-11. The double standard of aging concept typically means that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
women are allowed to grow old gracefully, whereas men must be concerned about
preserving a macho image.
people judge elderly women more negatively than they judge elderly men.
as women grow older, they are judged in terms of competence, whereas men are
judged in terms of power.
older women are expected to be lively and sociable, whereas older men are viewed
as lonely and depressed.
380 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 456-458
14-12. Which of the following students provides the best explanation about the comparison
between the terms ageism and the double standard of aging?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Alejandro: The terms are similar, except that the term double standard of aging
applies to people of all ages, not just elderly people.
Murray: Ageism is a bias based on age, but the double standard of aging means
that we judge people from Group A differently than people from Group B, as both
groups grow older.
Ekaterina: Ageism looks at peoples actual, chronological age; the double standard
of aging looks at the psychological age, which is the age that people feel like they
are.
Lynn: Actually, the terms are equivalent. However, ageism is the term used in
gerontology, and the double standard of aging is the term used in psychology.
Pages 458-460
14-13. What would be a possible consequence of the double standard of aging, if it were found
to operate in a study about older adults?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Pages 458-460
14-14. Your text describes a study in which photos of older women and men were evaluated in
terms of positive or negative stereotypes. The results indicated that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
older participants chose more positive stereotypes for both older men and older
women than younger participants did.
the participants chose fewer positive stereotypes for the older women than for older
men.
the participants chose negative stereotypes for women in their 60s, but positive
stereotypes for women in their 70s.
the participants, surprisingly, chose more positive stereotypes for older women than
for older men.
Pages 459-460
14-15. Chapter 14 discussed a meta-analysis by Mary Kite on the double standard of aging,
which usually refers to more negative evaluations for women than for men. According to
this research, women are not rated more negatively when people make judgments about a
persons
*a.
b.
c.
d.
competence.
friendliness.
positive characteristics.
negative characteristics.
381 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 460
14-16. Suppose that a 70-year-old woman has just married a 50-year-old man. Generally,
peoples reactions to the marriage will be to
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 460
14-17. According to your textbooks discussion about elderly people as romantic and sexual
partners,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
in the current decade, many people realize that elderly women are often very
attractive.
in the last decade, the film industry has featured elderly women in romantic roles,
but this trend has not yet affected viewers ideas about elderly women.
men often believe that an elderly woman would not be a desirable sex partner.
lesbians do not show evidence of ageism when a middle-aged lesbian has a partner
who is elderly.
Page 461
14-18. What can we conclude about cross-cultural differences in attitudes toward older women?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Other cultures present alternative models for the way that older women can be
viewed.
Cross-cultural research shows few differences; older women are viewed as
relatively powerless in all cultures.
Older women are viewed negatively only in western societies; other societies view
womens loss of power with age as a positive attribute.
Cultures in which elderly women are viewed positively are likely to view older men
negatively, suggesting that society must favor one gender over the other.
Page 461
14-19. The first section in Chapter 14 focused on attitudes toward older women. This section
included the following quotation: The way you age depends on where you live. This
quotation suggests that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
382 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 461
14-20. Which of the following students best summarizes cross-cultural views of older women?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Jean: In most other societies, elderly women have more direct power than they do
in North America.
Ramona: Throughout the world, elderly women have much less power than elderly
men.
Jan: Negative attitudes and expectations about elderly womens abilities may
indirectly cause elderly women to perform less well on cognitive tasks.
Harriet: Negative views of elderly women seem to be part of almost all the
cultures that have been studied.
Page 462
14-21. Which of the following statements about womens retirement is correct?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
In the last decade, there has been extensive research conducted about the topic of
womens retirement.
our culture considers retirement to be a relatively unimportant event in womens
lives.
When a married couple retires, each of them typically spends an equivalent number
of hours doing housework.
Women have fewer problems adjusting to retirement than men.
Page 462
14-22. Approximately what percentage of US women between the ages of 50 and 54 are
currently employed?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
15%
35%
55%
75%
Pages 462-463
14-23. According to the information about planning for retirement,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
women are more likely than men to locate information about retirement benefits.
many women think that their husband will take care of financial issues connected
with retirement.
because women usually receive adequate retirement benefits, they seldom look for
this information prior to retirement.
because companies are required to hold seminars about retirement benefits, almost
all women are knowledgeable about these benefits.
383 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 462-463
14-24. Suppose that you are volunteering at a local retirement community. If the people there are
typical in terms of retirement,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
women will be less likely than men to have sought information about retirement
benefits before they retired.
women will receive the same retirement benefits that men receive.
women will be less likely than men to have retired to take care of relatives who
have health problems.
the married women will be more likely than the married men to be responsible for
planning the financial aspects of retirement.
Page 463
14-25. Studies on retired women show that these women
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 463
14-26. Which of the following women is likely to adjust best to retirement?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 463
14-27. According to Chapter 14, one suggested explanation for the fact that women have more
trouble than men in adapting to retirement is that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
men did not have to struggle for their rights to a career like women did; they are
therefore less likely to appreciate it.
men have higher incomes, so women are more likely to have financial problems
after retirement.
men are less interested in their careers; therefore, men are more prepared to retire
than women are.
men are likely to be more interested in the daily routine of housework because
unlike womenit is something they havent yet experienced.
384 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 463
14-28. Suppose that your aunt has just retired from her job at the age of 65. If she is like most
women in this situation, which of the following statements is likely to describe her
adjustment to retirement?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 464
14-29. Chapter 14 discusses the financial status of elderly women. According to this discussion,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
only about 10% of Canadian women over the age of 65 are in the low-income
bracket.
in the United States, women over the age of 55 have an average annual income that
is about 90% of the average annual income that men have.
Latina and African American women are just as likely as European American
women to have a pension plan.
older women in the United States have lower incomes than older men, but women
and men actually have comparable incomes, once you take health-care expenses
into account.
Pages 467-469
14-30. According to the information about older women and retirement,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
only about 30% of women between the ages of 45 and 64 are currently employed,
so retirement is not relevant for most older women.
because most psychologists are middle aged, the topic of women and retirement is
one that has been extensively researched.
in the United States, only 30% of women over 65 have a pension plan.
researchers typically include the same number of men and women in their studies
on retirement.
Page 464
14-31. According to the discussion of financial issues and elderly women,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
385 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 464
14-32. Suppose that you are enrolled in a course in adult development and aging. The professor
is discussing the topic of retirement. Which of the following general statements would
you most expect the professor to make?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 464
14-33. Your text presented a number of reasons that women have lower incomes than men
during old age. Which of the following is not one of those reasons?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 465
14-34. What causes menopause?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 465
14-35. According to the information about the biological components of menopause,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 465
14-36. Which of the following statements about menopause is true?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 465-466
14-37. A woman who has entered menopause is most likely to
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 465-466
14-38. According to the discussion in Chapter 14 about hot flashes,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
hot flashes are brief sensations of warmth, and most women remark that they are
actually rather pleasant.
hot flashes typically begin during menopause, and they continue for the rest of a
womans life.
hot flashes are typically not a major problem, but some women find that these
flashes prevent them from getting enough sleep.
hot flashes typically decrease in intensity after about 10 years.
Page 466
14-39. According to your textbooks information about women who have experienced
menopause,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
almost all US women report that they have never had a hot flash.
almost all women report that hot flashes were severe enough to require medical
attention.
the intensity of womens hot flashes tends to decrease over time.
individual differences are relatively small when we consider hot flashes, because
almost all women report that their hot flashes are mildly bothersome.
Pages 465-466
14-40. Your aunt is experiencing some physical symptoms of menopause and wonders if her
experiences are normal. After reading Chapter 14, you would tell her that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
despite the publicity, very few women experience hot flashes during menopause.
if a woman experiences hot flashes during menopause, she will probably have them
for the rest of her life.
in addition to hot flashes, most women experience osteoporosis, headaches, fatigue,
and vaginal changes.
women have many different reactions to menopause; relatively few women
experience all the possible symptoms.
Pages 465-466
14-41. All of the following symptoms are associated with menopause except
a.
*b.
c.
d.
hot flashes.
increased vaginal secretions.
fatigue.
headaches.
387 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 466
14-42. Hormone replacement therapy usually involves
a.
b.
*c.
d.
taking hormones in conjunction with psychotherapy to help cope with the problems
of menopause.
taking hormones in conjunction with weight-bearing exercise.
taking progestin together with estrogen.
taking estrogen by itself.
Pages 466-467
14-43. According to the textbook, in 2002, the Womens Health Initiative study provided results
that changed the recommendations about hormone replacement therapy. These results
showed that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the dosage of hormones that women had been taking was too low.
women with an intact uterus should take only estrogen, and not progestin.
the benefits of both estrogen and progestin were so clear-cut that women should
begin hormone replacement therapy within one year after menopause.
the combination of estrogen and progestin slightly increased the risk of heart
disease, contrary to earlier research showing a decreased risk with those hormones.
Pages 466-467
14-44. Your text discusses the controversy over whether women should take hormones after
menopause. Which of the following students best summarizes the research related to this
question?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Rose: Although hormone replacement therapy relieves hot flashes, it increases the
likelihood of osteoporosis, so it is no longer recommended.
Sophia: Hormone replacement therapy reduces the risk of heart disease, but it
increases the risk of breast cancer.
Dorothy: When estrogen is supplemented by progestin, health risks are almost
completely eliminated.
Blanche: Recent research suggests that the health risks of hormone replacement
therapy outweigh the benefits.
Pages 466-467
14-45. If you were to discuss hormone-replacement therapy with a well-informed gynecologist,
which of the following statements would you be most likely to hear?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
388 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 467
14-46. The research on attitudes toward menopause shows that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Because of the recent publicity about menopause, most women now report that they
discuss menopause with their friends.
The media typically focus on the negative aspects of menopause.
Most women report that they are well-informed about the biological and
psychological components of menopause.
Because menopause is still a taboo topic, it is almost never discussed in the media.
Pages 468-469
14-47. According to the research on psychological reactions to menopause, which of the
following is a woman likely to experience?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
depression
irritability
mood swings
no change in symptoms related to mood
Pages 468-469
14-48. What can we conclude about psychological reactions to menopause?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 469
14-49. According to research on ethnicity and attitudes toward menopause,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 469
14-50. What can we conclude about womens psychological reactions to menopause?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 470
14-51. What does the term sandwich generation refer to?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Women who are more reluctant to retire than men of the same age
Women who find themselves with many competing obligations to their children and
their parents
The fact that the double standard of aging particularly applies to lower-class women
Women born in the 1920s and 1930s who felt depressed that they were not
employed
Pages 470-471
14-52. Chapter 14 explores the research about adults who are taking care of their elderly parents.
This research shows that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the trend has shifted in recent years, so that sons and daughters are now equally
likely to take care of their elderly parents.
middle-aged people are often pleased that they can offer help to their parents, to
compensate for the empty nest feelings when their children have left home..
several TV shows now focus on positive interactions between adults and their
elderly parents.
the clear majority of adult caregivers find some positive aspects about these
responsibilities.
Pages 470-471
14-53. Which of the following statements is true concerning adult childrens care of elderly
parents?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Adult children often abandon their elderly parents, as evidenced by the high
percentage of the elderly who live in nursing homes.
Daughters are much more likely than sons to be caretakers for elderly parents.
Women consider the tasks of caretaking to be completely unpleasant and
burdensome.
Most women in the current era do not spend a significant amount of time in
caretaking responsibilities.
Page 471
14-54. Research concerning the empty-nest syndrome supports which major theme of the book?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Men and women have similar responses when children leave home; psychological
gender differences are generally small and inconsistent.
Researchers questioned men and women differently concerning the empty-nest
syndrome, showing that people react differently to men and women.
Research found that women do not feel useful after their children have left home;
they feel relatively invisible in many important areas.
Some women are very upset when their children leave home, whereas others are
quite pleased; women show a wide range of variation in their responses.
390 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 471
14-55. Suppose that you are the youngest child in the family, and you are the last child to leave
home. It is likely that your mother
*a.
b.
c.
d.
feels as happy or even somewhat happier than when children lived at home.
experiences less marital satisfaction than when children lived at home.
is slightly more depressed than when children lived at home, and this depression is
long-lasting.
feels as if her major source of identity has been lost.
Page 472
14-56. According to the discussion of older women as grandmothers,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 472
14-57. In Chapter 14, the discussion about grandmothers pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 473
14-58. According to the studies about widowhood and bereavement,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
women are likely to have more trouble adjusting to widowhood if they had been
happily married.
there are currently about the same number of widows and widowers in the United
States.
because of the new research on lesbian relationships, we now have several dozen
studies that have examined how lesbian women experience the death of an intimate
partner.
women show relatively little variability in their bereavement experiences following
the death of a spouse.
391 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 473
14-59. According to the information about the death of an intimate partner,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
lesbians whose life partner has died often report that they would appreciate the kind
of social support that a widowed heterosexual woman receives.
during the past 10 years, psychologists have conducted more than 40 studies about
lesbians whose life partner has died.
a heterosexual woman whose husband has died is likely to say that her friends make
her feel very welcome at social gatherings.
the ratio of widows to widowers is fairly constant throughout the world.
Page 473
14-60. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about lesbians
whose partner has died?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Jose: Researchers do not have much information about this topic, especially for
women of color.
Jean-Simon: Because of current attitudes, most lesbians feel reasonably
comfortable talking with other people about their grief.
Leif: Lesbians typically recover more quickly than heterosexual women, following
the death of a life partner.
Bianca: Compared to lesbians, married heterosexual women show more variability
in their patterns of grieving the loss of a life partner.
Page 474
14-61. Which of the following is a conclusion from the research on older women of color?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Black women are less involved with their grandchildren than are European
American women.
Women of color are much more likely to live in poverty than European American
women.
Elderly Latinas are reluctant to seek help from their adult children.
Native American grandmothers understand that they are supposed to play only a
minor role in taking care of their grandchildren.
Pages 474-475
14-62. According to the research about elderly Black women,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
392 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 475
14-63. Which of the following students statements about older women of color is true?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Alyssa: Elderly Black women tend to be active in their community, but not closely
involved with their grandchildren.
Rachna: Latina grandmothers are not expected to help with their grandchildren.
Linh: European American children are more likely than Asian American children
to be respectful of their grandparents.
Pliny: Apache grandmothers are expected to be wise, energetic, and a resource
about their cultural heritage for their grandchildren.
Page 475
14-64. According to the research about older Native American and First-Nation women,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
most of them have left the reservation and are currently living in medium-sized
cities.
those who live on the reservation typically feel disconnected from younger people.
in some tribes, grandmothers are expected to transmit their cultural wisdom to
younger people.
in general, there are no major differences between the lives of elderly European
American women and elderly Native American women.
Pages 475-476
14-65. Which of the following statements best describes the findings of research on the life
satisfaction of women from various age groups?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Women are most satisfied with their lives when they are young adults.
The most satisfied group is women in their early 50s.
The most satisfied group is women who are 70 to 80 years old.
Age does not have a major effect on life satisfaction.
Pages 475-476
14-66. The research on satisfaction with life shows that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
393 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 476
14-67. The paradox of well-being refers to the fact that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
people in the lowest-income bracket are actually happier than many people in the
highest-income bracket.
people with little education are usually more satisfied with their lives than welleducated people.
throughout their lifespan, women report being happier with their lives than men do.
many older women report that they are very satisfied with their lives, even when
some aspects of their lives are difficult.
Page 476
14-68. The topic of successful aging was introduced toward the end of Chapter 14. One
important criterion by which an elderly woman could demonstrate successful aging is that
a.
b.
c.
*d.
she looks younger than her actual age, based on objective measurement of
appearance.
she feels that she has been continually striving, never satisfied with her current
situation.
she feels that she has always spent her money wisely.
she has been involved in making life better for other people.
394 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
CHAPTER 15
Moving Onward . . .
Page 483
15-1. According to the information in Chapter 15 about the current status of womens issues,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
women still lag behind men with respect to education; in the United States, only
about one-quarter of all PhD degrees go to women.
in the United States, feminism has had a more important impact than in any of the
European countries.
womens lives have improved somewhat during the current century, but gender
inequities and other problems still persist.
dramatic progress has been made on virtually every aspect of womens rights
during the current century.
Page 483
15-2. According to the introduction to Chapter 15 (Moving Onward . . .), which of the
following statements correctly describes the status of women at present?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 484
15-3. Which of the following statements describes the current status of women professionals
within psychology in the United States?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Women currently hold most of the positions of power within the discipline.
The Division on the Psychology of Women is one of the largest divisions in the
American Psychological Association.
Because virtually all women in psychology are feminists, the discipline has become
strongly feminist as the number of women in psychology increases.
Although most of the full-time psychology faculty are female, most of the
recognized eminent psychologists are male.
395 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 484
15-4. Which of the following statements about women and psychology in North America is
true?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 484
15-5. Which of the following students provides the most accurate information about the current
situation of women in psychology in the United States and Canada?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 485
15-6. Chapter 15 emphasizes that the psychology of women must not repeat the errors that
were made by earlier generations of psychology, when they ignored women. In
particular, this statement suggests that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
the most important kind of research is the approach that focuses on gender
differences.
the researchers should increase their emphasis on diversity, for example, women of
color, sexual minorities, and low-income women.
it is important to keep heterosexual European-American females at the center of
every comparison.
it is important to study diversity so that psychologists can help women who are not
considered mainstream.
Page 485
15-7. Chapter 15 of your textbook discussed the issue of diversity when psychologists conduct
research about the psychology of women. This discussion pointed out that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 485
15-8. The discussion in Chapter 15 of the multicultural research in psychology of women
pointed out that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 485
15-9. A group of researchers would like to study the experience of motherhood for US Latina
women. They locate a sample of Latina women and a sample of European American
women in order to conduct their research. An important problem with this approach to
studying Latina women is that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
The study cannot be fair because the United States has more European American
women than Latina women.
The study should have compared US Latina women with Latina women living in
Latin America.
The comparison-groups framework implies that European American women are
normative, and the Latina women are a nonstandard group.
The study would have to be longitudinal, which would take too many years to
complete.
Page 485
15-10. Chapter 15 discusses the challenges of developing a more inclusive psychology of
women. According to this discussion,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
researchers are actually less likely to consider diverse perspectives than they did in
the 1990s.
researchers often compare European American individuals with people of color,
who are expected to be deficient in the skill that is being assessed.
researchers typically try to view people of color as normative, so that European
Americans are a special case.
researchers in psychology of women pay less attention to diversity than researchers
in most other areas of psychology.
Page 485
15-11. According to your text, research on women of color may be problematic because this
research
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 485
15-12. Chapter 15 discussed how to make the psychology of women more inclusive. According
to this discussion, one current problem is that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
researchers have gone overboard, so that they now study women of color more
often than European American women.
researchers do not conduct enough studies that compare women of color to
European American women.
researchers seldom select a research area in which women of color might be
expected to be especially competent.
researchers have conducted numerous studies on women who are economically
disadvantaged, but they have not conducted enough research on women of color.
Pages 486-487
15-13. Chapter 15 discussed feminism in connection with the Latina/o ethnic group. This
discussion pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
this is the most conservative of all ethnic groups, so its no surprise that feminism
was not an issue for Latinas/os until the most recent decade.
people from Puerto Rico and the Dominican Republic have perspectives that are
quite similar to people from other Latina/o backgrounds.
in the western United States, Chicana women began to organize feminist
conferences in the early 1970s.
Latina activists often comment that they feel very much included in mainstream
feminism.
Pages 486-487
15-14. In the description of Latina/o feminism, your textbook points out that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Pages 486-487
15-15. Consuela is a Mexican American student who has just signed up to organize a Take
Back the Night rally on campus. If her situation is typical, her Mexican American male
friends are likely to say that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
398 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 487
15-16. According to the information about Blacks and feminism,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
many Black women say that they do not feel connected with the feminist
movement.
Black men are much more likely than White men to call themselves feminists.
Black women are much more likely than White women to call themselves feminists.
Black men and women have about the same attitudes toward feminism that White
men and women do.
Page 487
15-17. The discussion on feminism and Black women pointed out that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 487
15-18. The discussion about Blacks and feminism in Chapter 15 pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Black men are more likely than White men to say that they are feminists.
Black women are more likely than White women to say that they are feminists.
Black women may engage in feminist activities, but not actually call themselves
feminists.
the majority of Black women say that their life is closely connected to feminist
issues.
Pages 487-488
15-19. With respect to the feminist movement, Asian women often find that
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Pages 487-488
15-20. Kyung is a Korean woman who is organizing a feminist group at her college. If her
experience is typical of Asian Americans, she is likely to be criticized for
*a.
b.
c.
d.
destroying the effective working relationships between Asian men and women.
trying to achieve too much.
confronting the traditional Asian American matriarchy.
being too supportive of males from other ethnic backgrounds.
399 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 488
15-21. According to the discussion about Asian American feminists,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Asian American women are more likely than European American women to use
confrontation in order to encourage social change.
most Asian American women say that the people in their ethnic community approve
of feminism.
colleges and universities have offered courses about Asian American women for
about 40 years.
Asian American women are more likely than other women of color to approve of
the feminist movement.
Page 488
15-22. Which of the following students provides the most accurate overview of women of color
and the feminist movement?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Caleb: Many women of color believe that feminist activism is not consistent with
their cultural values.
Dawn: Ironically, men of color tend to be more feminist than women of color.
Bev: Women of color typically say that European American feminists are sensitive
to the issues raised by women of color, but they talk too much and do too little.
Gopal: Unfortunately, in the United States and Canada, only 10 to 20 college
courses have been taught on women of color and feminism.
Pages 489-491
15-23. Jake belongs to a mens group that writes to advertisers, complaining about ads that
represent sexist views of both males and females. Jakes group probably could be
classified as
*a.
b.
c.
d.
profeminist.
religious.
mythopoetic.
ecofeminist.
Pages 489-491
15-24. Which of the following projects would be most likely for a profeminist group of men?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Have a study session in which men bring in religious passages that describe what
mens roles should be in the family
Figure out how to fight government legislation that mandates equal budgets for
male and female athletes
Sponsor a campus discussion on how men no longer have masculine heroes whom
they can admire
Plan programs for local high schools that educate students about the problems of
violence toward women
400 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 489-491
15-25. Suppose that a community group is interested in holding an information session on the
issue of rape awareness and prevention. Which of the following mens groups would be
best to invite to help organize the event?
a.
b.
*c.
d.
Page 490
15-26. Suppose that you hear a feminist woman say, Does anyone know some men who might
be allies for next weeks event? You conclude that these allies would be likely to
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Page 491
15-27. Jim has just come back from a weekend retreat in which about a dozen men talked about
how they need to think about their psychological difficulties and rediscover their
masculine characteristics. Which of the following is most likely to endorse this groups
approach?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Page 491
15-28. Which of the following would be the most likely project for a mens group who favored
the mythopoetic approach?
*a.
b.
c.
d.
A meeting in which a group of men gather together to talk about what they admired
and disliked about their fathers
A campus group of men who put up flyers in the mens bathrooms on campus
saying You can help decrease the incidence of rape
A march on Washington calling for men to obey the words of the Bible about the
importance of family
A group of men who write letters to the national media saying that its too easy for
women to claim they have been raped
401 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 491
15-29. The discussion in Chapter 15 of the mens movement pointed out that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
the mythopoetic approach seeks to help men focus on their male role models.
mens studies is a discipline within psychology that emphasizes traditional genderrole socialization and the problem of reverse sexism.
unlike the womens movement, the mens movement is much more unified.
mens studies organizations started in the late 1950s.
Page 491
15-30. Suppose that members of a profeminist mens group are debating the members of a
mythopoetic group. The profeminist group would be most likely to say,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Pages 491-429
15-31. One of the approaches to the mens movement argues that men should take back their
role as head of the household in order to become leaders in their families and
communities. This approach is known as the
a.
*b.
c.
d.
allies approach.
religious approach.
mythopoetic approach.
mens studies approach.
Pages 491-492
15-32. The discussion about the Promise Keepers and other religious mens organizations
pointed out that these groups
a.
b.
c.
*d.
actually favor feminism, though they do not mention this information in their
publications.
have been encouraging churches to appoint more female ministers to leadership
positions.
are deeply committed to reducing racism and classism.
emphasize essentialism.
402 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 489-492
15-33. Which of the following students provides the most accurate description of the different
approaches within the mens movement?
a.
*b.
c.
d.
Henri: In the previous century, the approaches used to differ on many issues, but
now they are actually more similar.
Christopher: The different approaches all focus primarily on men, but otherwise,
their central beliefs are quite different.
Oskar: The different approaches are based on different theories, but they agree that
its important to work toward feminist goals.
Reynaldo: The different approaches actually have similar theoretical approaches,
and they typically have similar strategies for publicizing their beliefs.
Pages 492-493
15-34. In connection with womens studies courses, your textbook pointed out that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
womens studies enrolls more students than any other interdisciplinary field.
at present, there are hundreds of womens studies courses at the undergraduate
level, but no graduate courses.
students typically comment that they learn about gender in womens studies
courses, but they dont learn about other kinds of diversity.
female students are much more likely than male students to say that they have
benefited from taking a womens studies course.
Page 493
15-35. Research on the effects of womens studies courses generally shows that
*a.
b.
c.
d.
women taking these courses are more likely than women taking other courses to
develop a strong feminist identity.
although womens knowledge of feminism increases through these courses, their
feelings about feminism do not change significantly.
people who have taken these courses may change their beliefs and their emotions
about feminism, but they are less likely to become critical thinkers.
women who have taken these courses end up feeling depressed and hopeless about
womens lives.
Page 493
15-36. The research on womens studies courses shows that they
a.
b.
*c.
d.
403 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 493
15-37. Chapter 15 described a program in which female prisoners had the opportunity to read
about philosophy and womens issues, but the government cancelled this program. Which
of the following students provides the best overview of this program?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Clare: The male prison guards felt that the prisoners no longer respected them.
Andrina: The program was too expensive to continue, although the early results
were slightly positive.
Nadar: Unfortunately, the program made the women more likely to show both
overt and relational aggression.
Denyel: When the program was operating, the women spent time reading; without
the program, they spent time fighting.
Page 494
15-38. The first wave of the feminist movement in this continent grew out of the
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Revolutionary War.
religious actions of the early 1900s.
Free Speech Movement.
anti-slavery movement.
Page 494
15-39. In the 1800s, the early feminist movement in North America,
*a.
b.
c.
d.
Page 494
15-40. According to Chapter 15s discussion about the womens movement in the United States,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
404 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 494
15-41. According to the discussion of the feminist movement in North America,
a.
*b.
c.
d.
most Canadians did not need to oppose the Vietnam War; as a result, the Canadian
feminist movement developed much later than in the United States.
the civil rights movement and the anti-war movement made many women realize
that men had much more power than they did.
although many North American groups are connected with feminism, they tend to
address a relatively narrow set of social concerns.
most feminists specify that people cannot call themselves feminists unless they
endorse a specific list of principles.
Page 494
15-42. The kind of feminism that opposes the way humans destroy animals and natural resources
is known as
a.
*b.
c.
d.
cultural feminism.
ecofeminism.
animal rights feminism.
liberal feminism.
Page 494
15-43. Suppose you locate a web site that focuses on ecofeminism. Which of the following
statements would you be most likely to encounter?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
Economics and feminism can develop together, so that women have help in
creating small businesses.
Feminists are male-bashers, and this feminist movement is dangerous for
everyone.
Pornography should be carefully regulated, even when it doesnt depict violence.
Humans harm other humans, but they also harm most of the other species on this
planet.
Pages 495-496
15-44. The Mothers and Grandmothers of the Plaza de Mayo in Argentina became grassroots
activists by
a.
*b.
c.
d.
405 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Pages 496-497
15-45. Chapter 15 discusses the womens issues from an international perspective. According to
this information,
a.
b.
*c.
d.
by the year 1975, women could vote in every country in the world.
so far, only 10 countries in the world have had women as their president or other
national leader.
mothers and grandmothers in Argentina created a political-protest strategy that has
been used more recently in the US and in other Latin American countries.
the trafficking of women is an important issue in Asia and Europe, but fortunately is
not a current issue in the United States.
Pages 495-496
15-46. The discussion of the womens movement throughout the world pointed out that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
the only countries where women have been heads of state are located in Europe.
the first country where women won the right to vote was the United States.
small-scale efforts in a number of countries have been successful in improving
womens lives.
women in developing countries have the same basic concerns as women in North
American and Europe.
Pages 496-497
15-47. According to the discussion of the womens movement throughout the world,
a.
b.
c.
*d.
the United States was the first country in the world to allow women to vote.
all of the countries in which women have been the heads of state are located in
Europe.
women throughout the world share basically the same set of concerns about their
life situations.
women in developing countries are likely to have a different set of concerns from
women living in North America and Europe.
Page 498
15-48. Youve decided to take action to improve womens lives. According to your text, it
would be helpful to keep in mind that
a.
b.
*c.
d.
406 of 381
Instructors Manual with Test Bank for Margaret W. Matlins Psychology of Women, 7e (2012)
Page 498
15-49. Which of the following students provides the best advice for becoming a feminist
activist?
a.
b.
c.
*d.
407 of 381